BRAKES

SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
BRC B

E
CONTENTS
WITHOUT ABS Precaution for Brake Control System ......................23 BRC
Precaution for Harness Repair ................................24
PRECAUTION ............................................... 6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 25 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 6 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 25
Component Parts Location ......................................25
WIRING DIAGRAM ....................................... 7 ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) .........28 H
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .............................29
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM .............................. 7 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................30
Wiring Diagram ......................................................... 7
I
SYSTEM ............................................................ 31
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 13 System Description ..................................................31
Circuit Diagram ........................................................38
STOP LAMP SWITCH ........................................13 Fail-Safe ..................................................................39 J
Component Function Check .................................... 13
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 13 ABS FUNCTION ........................................................40
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) ............. 14 ABS FUNCTION : System Description ....................40
K
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) .............. 15
EBD FUNCTION ........................................................42
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ..............................17 EBD FUNCTION : System Description ....................42
Component Function Check .................................... 17 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 17 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ........................43
Component Inspection ............................................ 17 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Lamp/Indicator Lamp ...............................................43
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ........................19 M
Component Function Check .................................... 19 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 19 AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ....... 44
Component Inspection ............................................ 20 CONSULT Function .................................................44 N
WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS) ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 47
PRECAUTION .............................................. 21 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT O
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................21 (CONTROL UNIT) ............................................. 47
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Reference Value ......................................................47
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fail-Safe ..................................................................48 P
SIONER" ................................................................. 21 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................49
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- DTC Index ...............................................................50
tion After Battery Disconnection .............................. 21
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 51
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 22
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 22 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 51
Precaution for Brake System .................................. 22 Wiring Diagram ........................................................51

Revision: August 2015 BRC-1 D23

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 57 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ......................... 91
DTC Description ...................................................... 91
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 57 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91
Work Flow ............................................................... 57
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 58 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 93
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 60
STOP LAMP SWITCH ....................................... 96
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN- Component Function Check ................................... 96
SOR .................................................................... 60 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
DTC Description ..................................................... 60 Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) ........... 100
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60 Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) ............ 100

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................. 102
SOR .................................................................... 64 Component Function Check ................................. 102
DTC Description ..................................................... 64 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65 Component Inspection .......................................... 102

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ......... 70 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ...................... 104
DTC Description ..................................................... 70 Component Function Check ................................. 104
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 70 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
Component Inspection .......................................... 105
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 73 ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 106
DTC Description ..................................................... 73 Component Function Check ................................. 106
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 73 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS- BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................ 107
TEM .................................................................... 74 Component Function Check ................................. 107
DTC Description ..................................................... 74 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 108
C1113 G SENSOR ............................................. 76
DTC Description ..................................................... 76
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 108
Description ............................................................ 108
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................... 77
DTC Description ..................................................... 77
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 109
Description ............................................................ 109
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 111
SYSTEM ............................................................. 83
Description ............................................................ 111
DTC Description ..................................................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83
DOES NOT OPERATE ..................................... 112
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
Description ............................................................ 112
VALVE SYSTEM ................................................ 85 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
DTC Description ..................................................... 85
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 85 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
TION SOUND OCCURS ................................... 113
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL ................................... 87
Description ............................................................ 113
DTC Description ..................................................... 87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 87
VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 114
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............... 88
Description ............................................................ 114
DTC Description ..................................................... 88
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 88
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 115
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 90
Description ............................................................ 115
DTC Description ..................................................... 90
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 90 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 116

Revision: August 2015 BRC-2 D23

WHEEL SENSOR ............................................. 116 Fail-Safe ................................................................ 158
A
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 116 VDC FUNCTION ...................................................... 161
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 116 VDC FUNCTION : System Description ................. 161
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal-
TCS FUNCTION ....................................................... 164 B
lation ...................................................................... 116
TCS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 164
REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 117
ABS FUNCTION ...................................................... 166
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ........... 117 C
ABS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 166
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa-
tion ........................................................................ 119 EBD FUNCTION ...................................................... 167
EBD FUNCTION : System Description .................. 167 D
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................. 120
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD)
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 120
FUNCTION ............................................................... 169
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal-
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) E
lation ...................................................................... 120
FUNCTION : System Description .......................... 169
REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 120
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION ................................... 170
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa- BRC
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description
tion ........................................................................ 120
.. 170
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT HILL START ASSIST FUNCTION ........................... 172
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 121 G
hill start assist FUNCTION : System Description .. 172
Exploded View ...................................................... 121
Removal and Installation ....................................... 121 ADVANCED HILL DESCENT CONTROL FUNC-
WITH VDC TION ......................................................................... 173 H
ADVANCED hill descent control FUNCTION :
PRECAUTION ............................................ 123 System Description ................................................ 174
I
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 123 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ...................... 175
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................. 175
SIONER" ............................................................... 123 J
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR
tion After Battery Disconnection ............................ 123 AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ..... 176
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 124 CONSULT Function ............................................... 176 K
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ......... 124
Precaution for Brake System ................................ 124
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 181
Precaution for Brake Control System .................... 125 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT L
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 126 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 181
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 127 Reference Value .................................................... 181
Fail-Safe ................................................................ 184 M
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 127 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 186
Component Parts Location .................................... 127 DTC Index ............................................................. 187
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ....... 137
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 189 N
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .......................... 138
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 139 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 189
Steering Angle Sensor .......................................... 139
Wiring Diagram (For Australia) .............................. 189 O
VDC OFF Switch ................................................... 139
Wiring Diagram (Except for Australia) ................... 196
hill descent control Switch ..................................... 140
Brake Fluid Level Switch ....................................... 140 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 206
1st gear position Switch ........................................ 140 P
Back-up lamp Switch ............................................. 140 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 206
Park/Neutral position Switch ................................. 141 Work Flow .............................................................. 206
Parking Brake Switch ............................................ 141 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 207

SYSTEM ........................................................... 142 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

System Description ............................................... 142 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 154 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 209

Revision: August 2015 BRC-3 D23

 Description .............................................................209 EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspec-
Work Procedure .....................................................209 tion (Stop lamp Switch) ......................................... 252
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspec-
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN- tion (Stop lamp Relay) .......................................... 253
SOR NEUTRAL POSITION ............................. 210
Description .............................................................210 C1118 4WD SYSTEM ....................................... 254
Work Procedure .....................................................210 DTC Description .................................................... 254
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 254
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR ......... 212
Description .............................................................212 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE
Work Procedure .....................................................212 SYSTEM ........................................................... 255
DTC Description .................................................... 255
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 214 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN- C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
SOR .................................................................. 214 VALVE SYSTEM .............................................. 258
DTC Description ....................................................214 DTC Description .................................................... 258
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................214 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL .................................. 261
SOR .................................................................. 218 DTC Description .................................................... 261
DTC Description ....................................................218 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................219
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............. 263
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ....... 224 DTC Description .................................................... 263
DTC Description ....................................................224 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................224
C1142 PRESS SENSOR .................................. 265
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC DTC Description .................................................... 265
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................. 227 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
DTC Description ....................................................227
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 267
DTC Description .................................................... 267
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267
TEM .................................................................. 228
DTC Description ....................................................228 C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................228 SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ................................. 270
DTC Description .................................................... 270
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DE- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 270
CEL G SENSOR .............................................. 230
DTC Description ....................................................230 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 272
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................230 DTC Description .................................................... 272
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................. 231 Component Inspection .......................................... 274
DTC Description ....................................................231
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................231 C1160 INCOMPLETE DECEL G SENSOR
CALIBRATION ................................................. 275
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH .......................... 237 DTC Description .................................................... 275
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
FOR AUSTRALIA ....................................................237
FOR AUSTRALIA : DTC Description .....................237 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM ............................. 277
FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure ..............237 DTC Description .................................................... 277
FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277
lamp Switch) ..........................................................244
FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM ............................. 279
lamp Relay) ...........................................................245 DTC Description .................................................... 279
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 279
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA .....................................246
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : DTC Description .....246 C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Proce- UNIT .................................................................. 281
dure .......................................................................246 DTC Description .................................................... 281
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281

Revision: August 2015 BRC-4 D23

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 283 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG ............. 303
DTC Description .................................................... 283 Description ............................................................. 303 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303

U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ........................ 284 DOES NOT OPERATE .................................... 304
B
DTC Description .................................................... 284 Description ............................................................. 304
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 286 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA- C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 286 TION SOUND OCCURS .................................. 305
Description ............................................................. 305
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................ 289 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
Component Function Check .................................. 289 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 289 VEHICLE JERKS DURING ............................. 306
Component Inspection .......................................... 289 Description ............................................................. 306
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306 E
VDC OFF SWITCH ........................................... 291
Component Function Check .................................. 291 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 307
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291 Description ............................................................. 307
BRC
Component Inspection .......................................... 292
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 308
hill descent control SWITCH .......................... 293
Component Function Check .................................. 293 WHEEL SENSOR ............................................ 308 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 293
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 308
Component Inspection .......................................... 294
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 308
ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 295 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal- H
Component Function Check .................................. 295 lation ...................................................................... 308
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 295
REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 309
I
BRAKE WARNING LAMP ............................... 296 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............ 309
Component Function Check .................................. 296 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296 tion ......................................................................... 311
J
VDC WARNING LAMP ..................................... 297 SENSOR ROTOR ............................................ 312
Component Function Check .................................. 297
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 312
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297 K
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal-
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP .......................... 298 lation ...................................................................... 312
Component Function Check .................................. 298 REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 312 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa-
hill descent control INDICATOR LAMP ......... 299 tion ......................................................................... 312
Component Function Check .................................. 299 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 313
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 300 Exploded View ....................................................... 313
Removal and Installation ....................................... 313 N
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 300
Description ............................................................ 300
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 315
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300 Removal and Installation ....................................... 315
O
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 301 VDC OFF SWITCH .......................................... 316
Description ............................................................ 301 Removal and Installation ....................................... 316
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 301 P
Hill descent control SWITCH ........................ 317
Removal and Installation ....................................... 317

Revision: August 2015 BRC-5 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT ABS]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010704921

When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.
• Never disconnect battery terminal while engine is running.
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds.
• For vehicles with the engine listed below, remove the battery termi-
nal after a lapse of the specified time:

D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes YS23DDTT : 4 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
M9R engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTT : 60 seconds
R9M engine : 4 minutes
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
YD25DDTi : 2 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE:
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-6 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010705094
B

BRC

JRFWC2916GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-7 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

JRFWC4103GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-8 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JRFWC4104GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-9 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

JRFWC4105GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-10 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JRFWC4106GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-11 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

JRFWC4107GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-12 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010705164
B

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION

Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns C
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END. D
NO >> Check stop lamp system.
• LED headlamp with Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• LED headlamp without Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-287, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
• Halogen headlamp with Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-529, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010705165 BRC

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check stop lamp clearance. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71, "Inspection and
Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD). GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Check the stop lamp relay. Refer to BRC-15, "Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay)".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp relay. GO TO 3.
K
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-14, "Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-82,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD). GO TO 4. M
4.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay harness connector. N
3. Check the stop lamp relay harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the stop lamp relay pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector. O
6. Check the stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check the stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
8. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
P
9. Check the fuse block (J/B) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
10. Check the fuse block (J/B) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY

Revision: August 2015 BRC-13 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
1. Connect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
5. Turn the ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#10).
3. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and fuse block (J/B).

Stop lamp relay Fuse block (J/B)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2
E55 E36 5F Existed
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between stop lamp relay and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Stop lamp relay Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011370187

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-14 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

Stop lamp switch A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed B
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".
D
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011370188

1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 1 E

1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector terminal (1 and 2).
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short. BRC
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.
G
Stop lamp relay 1
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector H
Existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2) I
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 1 J

Resistance
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>INSPECTION END
YES-2 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 2. L
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 1.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 2
1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector terminal (1 and 2). M
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short.
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. N
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 2 O

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
Not existed
terminal (1 and 2) P
3−4
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
Existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-15 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 2

Resistance
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 2.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-16 D23

 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011106474

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION B

Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011106475

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector.
BRC
4. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness
connector.

G
Parking brake switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1 H
26*1, 3
M58 1 M51*2 Existed
32*2
M102*3
*1: Models with Intelligent Key I
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground. J

Parking brake switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
M58 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH M
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-17, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER O

Check the combination meter.

Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check the each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011106476

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Revision: August 2015 BRC-17 D23
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between parking brake switch connector terminal and ground.

Parking brake switch

— Condition Continuity
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-18 D23

 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011106477

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION B

When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-19, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011106478

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL E

Check the brake fluid level. Refer to BR-14, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-74, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. BRC
NO >> Refill the brake fluid. Refer to BR-14, "Refilling" (LHD), BR-74, "Refilling" (RHD).
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con- H
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter I

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1
25*1, 3 J
E15 1 M51*2 Existed
31*2
M102*3
*1: Models with Intelligent Key K
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.
L

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal M
E15 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT O
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch P

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-19 D23

 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-20, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disassem-
bly and Assembly" (RHD).
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011106479

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector terminals.

Brake fluid level switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disassem-
bly and Assembly" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-20 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010593488

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
BRC
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000010593489

K
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables. L
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing M
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro- N
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. P
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-21 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000010593490

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011038878

When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.
• Never disconnect battery terminal while engine is running.
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds.
• For vehicles with the engine listed below, remove the battery termi-
nal after a lapse of the specified time:

D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes YS23DDTT : 4 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
M9R engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTT : 60 seconds
R9M engine : 4 minutes
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
YD25DDTi : 2 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE:
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000010593492

WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-22 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-33, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid. A
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
B
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation. C
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A). D
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work. E
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.
BRC

JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000010593493

G

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.

• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle. H
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when ABS function or EBD func-
tion operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by ABS function or EBD function that is nor- I
mally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition. J
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
K
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for ABS function or EBD function when all of brakes, sus-
pensions and tires installed on the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and control- L
lability may be negatively affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used. M
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of ABS function or EBD
function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp and N
brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for ABS function or EBD func-
tion.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others) O
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others) P
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally
for ABS function or EBD function.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear wheel is rotated
using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference between wheel
that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results,
and erase memory.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-23 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON. ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit) stops control for ABS function or EBD function. Ordinary brake operates.
After power supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF. The control
becomes operative for ABS function or EBD function.
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000010593494

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

Revision: August 2015 BRC-24 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010704332
B

LHD
C

BRC

JSFIA2920ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-25 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Brake pedal Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side)

Rear axle housing

No. Component parts Function

Rear RH wheel sensor
BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear RH sensor rotor
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
• Brake warning lamp signal
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
Refer to EC-423, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo-
cation.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front RH sensor rotor (wheel hub assembly)

Stop lamp switch BRC-30, "Stop Lamp Switch"

Front LH wheel sensor

BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor (wheel hub assembly)

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-28, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

Rear LH wheel sensor

BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor

RHD

Revision: August 2015 BRC-26 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JSFIA2723ZZ

P
Brake pedal Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side)
Rear axle housing

Revision: August 2015 BRC-27 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

No. Component parts Function

Rear RH wheel sensor
BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear RH sensor rotor
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
• Brake warning lamp signal
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
ECM
• Engine status signal
Refer to EC-423, "Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi), EC-27,
"Component Parts Location" (QR25DE) for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front RH sensor rotor (wheel hub assembly)

Stop lamp switch BRC-30, "Stop Lamp Switch"

Front LH wheel sensor

BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor (wheel hub assembly)

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-28, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

Rear LH wheel sensor

BRC-29, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor

ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000010704333

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehen-

sively controls ABS function and EBD function.

JSFIA1598ZZ

CONTROL UNIT
• Brake fluid pressure, engine and transmission are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
• Pressure the brake fluid and send.
• Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay

Revision: August 2015 BRC-28 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS In Valve A
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve. B
ABS Out Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
NOTE: C
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is D
released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and wheel cylinder, so that pressure efficiently E
decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper.
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor
BRC
Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit) via communication lines. [Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is integrated in ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).]
• Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal) G
• Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000010704334
H
• Front wheel sensor and front sensor rotor is integrated in wheel
hub assembly.
CAUTION: I
Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester
because sensor is active sensor.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on rear axle housing.
CAUTION: J
Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester
because sensor is active sensor.
K
JSFIA2739ZZ

• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly. L

JSFIA1567ZZ
O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-29 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.

JSFIA2762GB

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010704335

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted

electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

JSFIA1143ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-30 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000010704342

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake to increase, to hold or to decrease according to signals B
from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control system is applied to ABS func-
tion and EBD function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs. C

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D

BRC

JSFIA2741GB K
INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTRET SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
L
Component parts Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication. M
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN N
communication.
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal O

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION)

Each valve is operated and fluid pressure of brake is controlled.
P

Revision: August 2015 BRC-31 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
When Brake Pedal is Applied

JSFIA2724GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure increases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

During pressure front RH brake increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid
does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid
does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid
does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid
does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-32 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2724GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure increases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) I
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases
J

During pressure front RH brake increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since the K
ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the
front RH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not ener-
gized (time that the ABS IN valve is open). L
During pressure front LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since the
ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the M
front LH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH brake increases N
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since the
ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the
rear RH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized O
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since the P
ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the
rear LH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-33 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
When ABS Function is Operating (During Pressure Holds)

JSFIA2725GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure holds

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds

During pressure front RH brake holds

• Front RH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the
front RH brake.
During pressure front LH brake holds
• Front LH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front
LH brake.
During pressure rear RH brake holds
• Rear RH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear
RH brake.
During pressure rear LH brake holds
• Rear LH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear
LH brake.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-34 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2726GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure decreases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close) I
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases
J
During pressure front RH brake decreased
• Fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This
fluid pressure decreases when sent to the damper through the master cylinder by the pump. K
During pressure front LH brake decreased
• Fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This
fluid pressure decreases when sent to the damper through the master cylinder by the pump. L

During pressure rear RH brake decreased

• Fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This
fluid pressure decreases when sent to the damper through the master cylinder by the pump. M

During pressure rear LH brake decreased

• Fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This
N
fluid pressure decreases when sent to the damper through the master cylinder by the pump.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-35 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
When Brake Release

JSFIA2727GB

Component pars Not activated When pressure decrease

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During pressure front RH brake release

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake through the return check valve of the ABS OUT valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure front LH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake through the return check valve of the ABS OUT valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure rear RH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake through the return check valve of the ABS OUT valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure rear LH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake through the return check valve of the ABS OUT valve and returns
to the master cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Component parts Function

• Pressure the brake fluid and send.
Pump
• Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according.
Check valve Brake fluid does not backflow.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-36 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Component parts Function
A
Returns the brake fluid from each brake to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when
Return check valve
brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from each brake, so that pressure efficiently decreases
Reservoir B
when decreasing pressure of each brake.
Reduces the vibrations travelling to the brake pedal during the operation of the ABS function and
Damper
EBD function.
C
CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP
Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
D
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF
For several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON E
Several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the before engine starts,
OFF ON
system is in normal operation)
After engine starts OFF OFF BRC
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch ON) OFF ON
G
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON
H

Revision: August 2015 BRC-37 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010704343

JSFIA3060GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-38 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JSFIA3062GB

P
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000011107208

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same
as models without ABS function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 BRC-39 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function and EBD function.

DTC Fail-safe condition

C1101
C1102
C1103
C1104 The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
C1105 • EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
C1106
C1107
C1108
C1109
The following functions are suspended.
C1110 • ABS function
• EBD function
C1111
C1113 The following functions are suspended.
C1115 • ABS function

C1120
C1121
C1122
C1123 The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
C1124 • EBD function
C1125
C1126
C1127
C1130 Normal control
The following functions are suspended.
C1140 • ABS function
• EBD function
U1000
Normal control
U1002

ABS FUNCTION
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010704348

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-40 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking. A
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
B
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS C
function, the control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle
status becomes the same as models without ABS function. How-
ever, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-39, "Fail- D
Safe".
NOTE:

• ABS function has the characteristic as described here, This is not E

the device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less, but BRC
differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 10
km/h (6 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagnosis. G
JPFIC0140GB
In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing brake
pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM H

JSFIA2534GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL P

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component parts Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal

Revision: August 2015 BRC-41 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010704349

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front

and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig-
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS
function and EBD function. Refer to BRC-39, "Fail-Safe".

JPFIC0143GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-42 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2534GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component parts Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
K
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010704355
L

Name Design Layout/Function

M
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
ABS warning lamp For function: Refer to MWI-31, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : ABS Warning Lamp".
N
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Brake warning lamp For function: Refer to MWI-34, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Brake Warning Lamp".
O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-43 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010704357

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description

ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
Date Monitor Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec-
Active Test
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.

• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-50, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
The following vehicle status is recorded when DTC is detected and is displayed on CONSULT.

Item name Display Item

The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 – 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1→2→3...38→39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
×: Applicable
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-44 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS

FR RH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.
B
FR RH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.

FR LH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis- C
(On/Off) played.

FR LH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played. D
RR RH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.
E
RR RH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.

RR LH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played. BRC

RR LH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.
G
EBD WARN LAMP *2
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.

STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed. H
(On/Off)
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
I
ACTUATOR RLY*1 × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP J
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.*2
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
K
ENGINE SPEED
× × Engine speed status is displayed.
(RPM)
EBD SIGNAL
Operation status of EBD function is displayed. L
(On/Off)
ABS SIGNAL
Operation status of ABS function is displayed.
(On/Off)
M
EBD FAIL SIG
Displayed but not used.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG
Fail-safe signal status of ABS function is displayed. N
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG
Cranking status is displayed.
(On/Off)
O
*1: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*2: Refer to BRC-43, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp" for ON/OFF con-
ditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp. P
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test results
and data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation.
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-45 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.
ABS In Valve and ABS Out Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Display
Test item Display item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-46 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010704358
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

NOTE: C
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Reference valve in normal operation D

Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 E
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 BRC
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1
G
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- H
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
When front RH ABS IN valve is active On
FR RH IN SOL*2
When front RH ABS IN valve is not activated Off I
When front RH ABS OUT valve is active On
FR RH OUT SOL*2
When front RH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off
J
When front LH ABS IN valve is active On
*2
FR LH IN SOL
When front LH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
When front LH ABS OUT valve is active On K
FR LH OUT SOL*2
When front LH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off
When rear RH ABS IN valve is active On
RR RH IN SOL*2 L
When rear RH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
When rear RH ABS OUT valve is active On
RR RH OUT SOL*2
When rear RH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off M
When rear LH ABS IN valve is active On
RR LH IN SOL*2
When rear LH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
When rear LH ABS OUT valve is active On
N
RR LH OUT SOL*2
When rear LH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off
*3 On
Brake warning lamp is ON O
EBD WARN LAMP
Brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW P
Brake pedal not depressed Off
When ABS motor and motor relay are active On
MOTOR RELAY
When ABS motor and motor relay are not activated Off
When ABS actuator relay is active On
ACTUATOR RLY*2 When ABS actuator relay is not activated (in fail-
Off
safe mode)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-47 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item Condition Reference valve in normal operation

ABS warning lamp is ON*3 On

ABS WARN LAMP
ABS warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
Engine stopped 0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED
Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
When EBD function is active On
EBD SIGNAL
When EBD function is not activated Off
When ABS function is active On
ABS SIGNAL
When ABS function is not activated Off
EBD FAIL SIG Displayed but not used —
When ABS function is fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
When ABS function is normal Off
When cranking On
CRANKING SIG
When other than cranking Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*3: Refer to BRC-43, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp" for ON/OFF con-
ditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000010704359

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same
as models without ABS function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function and EBD function.

DTC Fail-safe condition

C1101
C1102
C1103
C1104 The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
C1105 • EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
C1106
C1107
C1108
C1109
The following functions are suspended.
C1110 • ABS function
• EBD function
C1111
C1113 The following functions are suspended.
C1115 • ABS function

Revision: August 2015 BRC-48 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DTC Fail-safe condition
A
C1120
C1121
C1122 B
C1123 The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
C1124 • EBD function
C1125 C
C1126
C1127
D
C1130 Normal control
The following functions are suspended.
C1140 • ABS function E
• EBD function
U1000
Normal control
U1002 BRC

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010704360

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list. G

Priority Detected item (DTC)

• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
H
1
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
2 • C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
I
3 • C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNROMAL]
4 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY J
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 K
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2 L
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
5 • C1113 G SENSOR
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL M
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
N
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-49 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010704361

ABS warning Brake warning

DTC Display item Refer to
lamp lamp
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1 ON ON*
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1 ON ON*
BRC-60, "DTC Description"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 ON ON*
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1 ON ON*
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2 ON ON*
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2 ON ON*
BRC-64, "DTC Description"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2 ON ON*
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 ON ON*
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNROMAL] ON ON BRC-70, "DTC Description"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE ON ON BRC-73, "DTC Description"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ON ON BRC-74, "DTC Description"
C1113 G SENSOR ON OFF BRC-76, "DTC Description"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] ON ON BRC-77, "DTC Description"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL ON ON BRC-83, "DTC Description"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL ON ON BRC-85, "DTC Description"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL ON ON BRC-83, "DTC Description"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL ON ON BRC-85, "DTC Description"
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL ON ON BRC-83, "DTC Description"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL ON ON BRC-85, "DTC Description"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL ON ON BRC-83, "DTC Description"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL ON ON BRC-85, "DTC Description"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 OFF OFF BRC-87, "DTC Description"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY ON ON BRC-88, "DTC Description"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT OFF OFF BRC-283, "DTC Description"
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) OFF OFF BRC-284, "DTC Description"
*: Only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning

Revision: August 2015 BRC-50 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010704364
B

BRC

JRFWC2916GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-51 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JRFWC4103GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-52 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JRFWC4104GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-53 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JRFWC4105GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-54 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JRFWC4106GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-55 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JRFWC4107GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-56 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010704365
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FORM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-58, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-48, "Fail-
Safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for “ABS”. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-49, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-46,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
1. Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
3. When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-57 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Can the error-detected system be identified?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-46,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010704366

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km (Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )

ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C (°F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-58 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km (Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-59 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704376

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
RR RH SENSOR-1
C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
(Rear RH wheel sensor-1)
RR LH SENSOR-1
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
(Rear LH wheel sensor-1)
FR RH SENSOR-1
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
(Front RH wheel sensor-1)
FR LH SENSOR-1
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
(Front LH wheel sensor-1)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704377

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-60 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1) A

With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". B
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. C
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. D
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END E
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. BRC
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1) H
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. I
3. Start the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END K
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
3. Disconnect the each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin termi- M
nals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2) O
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
P
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-61 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel
sensor harness connector. (Check the continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center
harness in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
36 E53 (FR LH wheel)
27 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E3 1 Existed
29 C4 (RR LH wheel)
34 C5 (RR RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37 E53 (FR LH wheel)
26 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E3 2 Existed
30 C4 (RR LH wheel)
33 C5 (RR RH wheel)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-62 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation". A
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-63 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704378

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
RR RH SENSOR-2 - Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply
C1105
(Rear RH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
RR LH SENSOR-2 - Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply
C1106
(Rear LH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
FR RH SENSOR-2 - Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power sup-
C1107
(Front RH wheel sensor-2) ply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
FR LH SENSOR-2 - Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply
C1108
(Front LH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Sensor rotor
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-64 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704379

CAUTION: B
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
C
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-93, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE E
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire, and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1) G

With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. H
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value". I
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. J
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1) L
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. M
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole. P
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-117, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-65 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-66 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. A
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. C
3. Disconnect the each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin termi-
nals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3) E

With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. BRC
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. G
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE: H
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- I
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14. J
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT K
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
L
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. N
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground. O

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal P
36, 37
27, 26
E3 Ground Not existed
29, 30
34, 33
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-67 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
Revision: August 2015 BRC-68 D23
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
With CONSULT
1. Replace the sensor rotor. A
- Front: Refer to BRC-120, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-120, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. B
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle. C
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal- D
lation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
E

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-69 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704380

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNOR- When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 MAL] • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage
(Battery voltage [abnormal]) • Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• Battery
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704381

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-70 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal B
E3 6 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. C
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
D
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E
E3 6 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. BRC
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#60).
3. Disconnect the IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/ H
R harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R I

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E3 6 E60 15 Existed
J
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) K

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E3 6 Ground Not existed
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the N
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) O

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E3 Ground Existed P
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL

Revision: August 2015 BRC-71 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
1. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness.
2. Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-72 D23

 C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704382

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROLLER FAILURE
C1110 When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
(Controller failure)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
E
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF G
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. H

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” detected? J
YES >> Proceed to BRC-73, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704383

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS L

Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”.
M
>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
N

Revision: August 2015 BRC-73 D23

 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704384

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
PUMP MOTOR
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
(Pump motor and motor relay)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704385

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-74 D23

 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
B
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage D
Connector Terminal
E3 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BRC

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the 40A fusible link (#I).
G
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground. J

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
13
E3 Ground Existed
38
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-75 D23

 C1113 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1113 G SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704386

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
G SENSOR
C1113 When a malfunction is detected in decel G sensor signal.
(Decel G sensor)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1113” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704387

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1113” is displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-76 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704388

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during
C1115
(Wheel sensor [abnormal signal]) the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• Sensor rotor E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. BRC
• ABS function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine. J
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
K
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704389

M
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM N
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-93, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE P
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire, and GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-77 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)

With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-117, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-78 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2) A

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. B
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19. C
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. D
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2) BRC

With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
G
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value". H
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. I
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
J
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) K
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. L
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. M
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
N
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin terminals for O
damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-79 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel
sensor harness connector. (Check the continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center
harness in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
36 E53 (FR LH wheel)
27 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E3 1 Existed
29 C4 (RR LH wheel)
34 C5 (RR RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37 E53 (FR LH wheel)
26 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E3 2 Existed
30 C4 (RR LH wheel)
33 C5 (RR RH wheel)
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
36, 37
27, 26
E3 Ground Not existed
29, 30
34, 33

Revision: August 2015 BRC-80 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
B
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. C
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” D
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
E
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? BRC
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
G

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. H
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? I
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2) J
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". K
- Rear: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. L
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
NOTE: M
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting N
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18. O
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT P
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 BRC-81 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR

With CONSULT
1. Replace the sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-120, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-120, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 BRC-82 D23

 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
FR LH IN ABS SOL
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
(Front LH ABS IN solenoid valve)
FR RH IN ABS SOL D
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.
(Front RH ABS IN solenoid valve)
RR LH IN ABS SOL
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
(Rear LH ABS IN solenoid valve)
E
RR RH IN ABS SOL
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
(Rear RH ABS IN solenoid valve)

POSSIBLE CAUSE BRC

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link G
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. H
• ABS function
• EBD function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF J
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT L
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124”, “C1126” detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to BRC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704395

1.CHECK CONNECTOR O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is any DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124”, “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-83 D23

 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E3 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-84 D23

 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
(Front LH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
FR RH OUT ABS SOL D
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve.
(Front RH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve.
(Rear LH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
E
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
(Rear RH ABS OUT solenoid valve)

POSSIBLE CAUSE BRC

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link G
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. H
• ABS function
• EBD function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF J
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT L
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125”, “C1127” detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to BRC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704397

1.CHECK CONNECTOR O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is any DTC“C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125”, “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-85 D23

 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E3 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-86 D23

 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704398

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(Engine system signal 1)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• CAN communication line E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING BRC
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
I
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704399

K
1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-486, "DTC Index" (YD25DDTi), EC-102, "DTC Index" (QR25DE).
NO >> GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT N
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
O
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF.
6. Vehicle stopped, and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected? P
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-87 D23

 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704400

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ACTUATOR RLY
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
(Actuator relay)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• ABS function
• EBD function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-88, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704401

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-88 D23

 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
B
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage D
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BRC

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
G
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground. J

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
13
E3 Ground Existed
38
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-89 D23

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704435

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for
U1000
(CAN communication circuit) 2 seconds or more.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication system malfunction
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704436

Proceed to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-90 D23

 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010704437

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
SYSTEM COMM(CAN) When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002
(CAN system communication) CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• CAN communication line
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING BRC
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
I
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704438

K
CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when L
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
M
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT.
2. Check the malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit). N
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
O
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than ”OK”>>GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
A control unit other than “ABS” and “METER/M&A” are anything other than “OK”>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT P

Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (10) and (11) for damage
or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-91 D23

 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

3.CHECK COMBINATION METER

1. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (42). (Models with Intelligent Key)
2. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (19). (Monochrome information
display models without Intelligent Key)
3. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (112). (Color information display
models without Intelligent Key)
4. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (41). (Models with Intelligent Key)
5. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (20). (Monochrome information
display models without Intelligent Key)
6. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (111). (Color information display
models without Intelligent Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
4.CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT
Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON-
SULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-92 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704441

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal D
E3 6 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. E
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
E3 6 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#60).
3. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/
R harness connector. J

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E3 6 E60 15 Existed
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. L

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal M
E3 6 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND ABS MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-93 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND ABS MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E3 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E3 Ground Existed
38

Revision: August 2015 BRC-94 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
B
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
D

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-95 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010704674

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION

Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check stop lamp system.
• LED headlamp with Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• LED headlamp without Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Halogen headlamp with Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key: Refer to EXL-529, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-96, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704675

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance, Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD) and GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Check the stop lamp relay. Refer to BRC-100, "Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp relay. GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-96 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: A
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
C
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-100, "Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-82,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD), and GO TO 6. E
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT BRC
1. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: G
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7. I
7.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with
harness connector. K
5. Disconnect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
6. Check the stop lamp relay harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check the stop lamp relay pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. L
8. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
9. Check the stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
10. Check the stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
11. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector. M
12. Check the fuse block (J/B) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
13. Check the fuse block (J/B) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4) O

With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp relay harness connector. P
3. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-97 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E3 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E3 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp relay harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E3 12 E55 3 Existed
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E3 12 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 11.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (2)
1. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-98 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Stop lamp relay A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V B
5
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground. C

Stop lamp relay

— Voltage
Connector Terminal D
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. BRC
12.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#10). G
3. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and fuse block (J/B).
H
Stop lamp relay Fuse block (J/B)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2
I
E55 E36 5F Existed
5
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 13.
13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5) K
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector. L
3. Connect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. M
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 14. O

14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
3. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-99 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Stop lamp relay Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
5. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and the ground.

Stop lamp switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E56 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (6)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp relay harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011370185

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011370186

1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 1

1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector terminal (1 and 2).
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short.
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-100 D23

 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Stop lamp relay 1 A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector
Existed B
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)
C
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 1

Resistance D
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES-1 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>INSPECTION END
YES-2 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 1. BRC
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 2
1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector terminal (1 and 2). G
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short.
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals. H

Stop lamp relay 2

Condition Continuity I
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
Not existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−4 J
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
terminal (1 and 2)
Existed K
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)
L
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 2 M

Resistance
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 2.
O

Revision: August 2015 BRC-101 D23

 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010704442

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION

Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704443

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness
connector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1
26*1, 3
M58 1 M51*2 Existed
32*2
M102*3
*1: Models with Intelligent Key
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M58 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-102, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check the combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check the each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010704444

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Revision: August 2015 BRC-102 D23
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector. A
3. Check continuity between parking brake switch connector terminal and ground.

Parking brake switch B

— Condition Continuity
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground C
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
E

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-103 D23

 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010704677

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION

When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704678

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

Check the brake fluid level. Refer to BR-14, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-74, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill the brake fluid. Refer to BR-14, "Refilling" (LHD), BR-74, "Refilling" (RHD).
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1
25*1, 3
E15 1 M51*2 Existed
31*2
M102*3
*1: Models with Intelligent Key
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-104 D23

 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH A

Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-105, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. B
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disassem-
bly and Assembly" (RHD).
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER C
Check combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010704679

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH BRC

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector terminals. G

Brake fluid level switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal H
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disassem-
J
bly and Assembly" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-105 D23

 ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010704451

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704452

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-50, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON, and wait for 10 seconds or more.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”. Refer to BRC-47, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the combination meter. refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-106 D23

 BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010704453

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (1) B

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON (before engine start).
3. Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns OFF (after engine start). C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (2)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated. E
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (3) G
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE: H
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704454 J

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT K
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-50, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Check the combination meter.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Replace the combination meter. refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-107 D23

 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000010704461

ABS function or EBD function in excessive operation frequency.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704462

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check the brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AXLE AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- 2WD models: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection".
- 4WD models: Refer to FAX-18, "Inspection".
• Rear axle
- Axle shaft: Refer to RAX-6, "Inspection".
- Wheel bearing: Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check the wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-116, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-119, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-120, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-120, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURN OFF
• Check that ABS warning lamp turn ON for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
• Check that ABS warning lamp turn OFF after engine started or driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION ENDl
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-108 D23

 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010704463

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704464

1.CHECK FRONT AXLE AND REAR AXLE C

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- 2WD models: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection". D
- 4WD models: Refer to FAX-18, "Inspection".
• Rear axle
- Axle shaft: Refer to RAX-6, "Inspection". E
- Wheel bearing: Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FRONT DISC ROTOR
Check the disc rotor. Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-78, "DISC G
ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Refinish or replace the disc rotor. Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment"
(LHD), BR-78, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
3.CHECK REAR DRUM I

Check the rear drum. Refer to BR-21, "BRAKE DRUM : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-81, "BRAKE
DRUM : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the rear drum. Refer to BR-60, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-138, "Disassem-
K
bly and Assembly" (RHD).
4.CHECK LOAD SENSING VALVE
Check the load sensing valve. Refer to BR-38, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-114, "Inspection" (RHD). L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the load sensing valve. Refer to BR-37, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-113, M
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
5.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
N
Check the fluid leakage.
• Front: Refer to BR-29, "FRONT : Inspection" (LHD), BR-93, "FRONT : Inspection" (RHD).
• Rear: Refer to BR-35, "REAR : Inspection" (LHD), BR-111, "REAR : Inspection" (RHD).
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check the each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71, "Inspection
and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust the each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-109 D23

 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

7.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check the brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
8.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS function does not operate.
Check that brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-110 D23

 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Description INFOID:0000000010704465

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated. B

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704466

CAUTION: C
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE D
Check the brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE BRC
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS function does not operate.
Check the brake stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
H

Revision: August 2015 BRC-111 D23

 DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000010704467

ABS function or EBD function does not operate.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704468

CAUTION:
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP
1. Check that ABS warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON
or driving.
2. Check that brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF after engine start or driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-112 D23

 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Description INFOID:0000000010704469

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the B
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following C
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road D
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more]
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704470

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1 BRC

Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check the brake pedal. Refer to BR-23, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-83, "Inspection
and Adjustment" (RHD).
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2 H

Check that motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3 J
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
K
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Revision: August 2015 BRC-113 D23

 VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
Description INFOID:0000000010704471

The vehicle jerks when ABS function or EBD function operates.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010704472

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when ABS function or EBD function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector, and perform self-diagnosis
for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-121, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-114 D23

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010704473

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when ABS function or EBD function operates. This is not a malfunction, because it is C
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending caused by ABS function and EBD func-
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, tion that are normally operated.
gravel road or snowy road.
D
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine.
tor and electric unit (control unit).
E

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-115 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593439

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front wheel sensor cannot be
disassembled.

JSFIA2397GB

Front LH wheel sensor harness con- Front LH wheel sensor Bracket

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593434

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front wheel sensor cannot be
disassembled.
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub assembly.
• 2WD: Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
• 4WD: Refer to FAX-20, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-116 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron A
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet is fully inserted to bracket .
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593440

BRC
LEAF RIGID TYPE SUSPENSION
LH Side
G

N
JSFIA2400GB

Rear LH wheel sensor harness con- Rear LH wheel sensor O

nector

: Vehicle front
P
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

RH Side

Revision: August 2015 BRC-117 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JSFIA2477GB

Rear RH wheel sensor harness con- Rear RH wheel sensor

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

5 LINK SUSPENSION
LH Side

JSFIA2986GB

Rear LH wheel sensor Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

Revision: August 2015 BRC-118 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
: Vehicle front
A
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

RH Side
B

BRC

G
JSFIA2987GB

Rear RH wheel sensor harness con- Rear RH wheel sensor H

nector

: Vehicle front
I
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593433

J
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect rear wheel sensor harness connector.
K
2. Remove rear wheel sensor.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull rear wheel sensor harness.
L
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron M
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet is fully inserted to bracket . N
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.
O

JPFIC0209ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-119 D23

 SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593435

Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front sensor rotor cannot be disassem-
bled.
• 2WD: Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
• 4WD: Refer to FAX-20, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593438

REMOVAL
Remove sensor rotor. Refer to RAX-10, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INSTALLATION
Install sensor rotor. Refer to RAX-10, "Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-120 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593441

BRC

I
JSFIA3064GB

ABS actuator and electric unit (con- ABS actuator and electric unit (con- Bracket J
trol unit) harness connector trol unit)
To master cylinder primary side To master cylinder secondary side To rear LH brake
To front RH brake To front LH brake To rear RH brake K

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) L

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593442

M

REMOVAL
N
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid.
• LHD: Refer to BR-14, "Draining".
• RHD: Refer to BR-74, "Draining". O
3. Remove engine cover. (YD25DDTi) Refer to EM-289, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove air cleaner case.
• QR25DE: Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation". P
• YD25DDTi: Refer to EM-291, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-121 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
5. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector , follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl .
b. Move the lever in the direction until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.

JSFIA1350ZZ

6. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench (A),
and then remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) .
• LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• RHD: Refer to BR-84, "FRONT : Exploded View".
7. Remove bracket of engine cover. (YD25DDTi) Refer to EM-289,
"Exploded View".
8. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
9. Remove bracket and bushing.
JSFIA1219ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
• When installing brake tube , tighten to the specified torque using
a flare nut torque wrench (A) so that flare nut and brake tube are
not damaged.
- LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation.
- LHD: Refer to BR-15, "Bleeding Brake System".
- RHD: Refer to BR-75, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it. JSFIA1219ZZ

• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector , move the lever in the direction to secure
the locking.

JSFIA1352ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-122 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010593495

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
BRC
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000010593496

K
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables. L
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing M
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro- N
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. P
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-123 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000010593497

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011038891

When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.
• Never disconnect battery terminal while engine is running.
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds.
• For vehicles with the engine listed below, remove the battery termi-
nal after a lapse of the specified time:

D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes YS23DDTT : 4 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
M9R engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTT : 60 seconds
R9M engine : 4 minutes
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
YD25DDTi : 2 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE:
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000010593499

WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-124 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-33, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid. A
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
B
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation. C
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A). D
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work. E
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.
BRC

JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000011360949

G

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.

• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle. H
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill I
start assist function and advanced hill descent control function, operates. This is not a malfunction because
it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function that is nor- J
mally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
K
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause, and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and brake L
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and M
advanced hill descent control function, when all of brakes, suspensions and tires installed on the vehicle are
the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may be negatively affected when other
parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in N
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of VDC function, TCS func- O
tion, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill
start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp,
brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for VDC P
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake
assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-125 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
• When suspension, tire and brake related parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may
not operate normally for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control func-
tion.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-
diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS func-
tion, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist func-
tion and advanced hill descent control function. Ordinary brake operates. After power supply returns to
normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn OFF. The control becomes
operative for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
• Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist
function and advanced hill descent control function are operated. This is not a malfunction because it is
caused by VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function,
hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function that is operated normally.
• VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) func-
tion, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function, may not nor-
mally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course). This is not a
malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function
after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results, and erase
memory.
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000010593501

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

Revision: August 2015 BRC-126 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010686403
B

LHD
M/T models C

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-127 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA2921ZZ

Center console Back of spiral cable assembly Cluster lid C lower

Transmission (RH side) Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side)
Engine room (LH side) Brake pedal Instrument lower panel
Rear axle housing

Revision: August 2015 BRC-128 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

No. Component parts Function A

Rear RH wheel sensor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Rear RH sensor rotor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

B
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit C
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal D
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
E
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Differential lock position signal BRC
Differential lock control unit*
• Differential lock mode switch signal
Refer to DLN-248, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
G
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
Transfer control unit • 4WD operation signal
Refer to DLN-11, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo- H
cation.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication. I
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
Refer to EC-423, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo- J
cation.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor" K
Front RH sensor rotor

Parking brake switch BRC-141, "Parking Brake Switch"

Steering angle sensor BRC-139, "Steering Angle Sensor" L

hill descent control switch BRC-140, "hill descent control Switch"

1st gear position switch BRC-140, "1st gear position Switch" M

Park / neutral position switch BRC-141, "Park/Neutral position Switch"

Back-up lamp switch BRC-140, "Back-up lamp Switch"

N
Front LH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor
O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-137, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

Brake fluid level switch BRC-140, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"

Stop lamp switch BRC-139, "Stop Lamp Switch" P

VDC OFF switch BRC-139, "VDC OFF Switch"

Rear LH wheel sensor

BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor

*: Models with differential lock

A/T models

Revision: August 2015 BRC-129 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA2922ZZ

Center console Back of spiral cable assembly Cluster lid C lower

Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side) Engine room (LH side)
Brake pedal Instrument lower panel Rear axle housing

Revision: August 2015 BRC-130 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

No. Component parts Function A

Rear RH wheel sensor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Rear RH sensor rotor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

B
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit C
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal D
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
E
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Differential lock position signal BRC
Differential lock control unit*
• Differential lock mode switch signal
Refer to DLN-248, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
G
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
Transfer control unit • 4WD operation signal
Refer to DLN-11, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo- H
cation.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication. I
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
Refer to EC-423, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo- J
cation.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor" K
Front RH sensor rotor
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Current gear position signal L
• Shift position signal
TCM • P range signal
• N range signal
• R range signal
M
Refer to TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" for detailed installation location.
Parking brake switch BRC-141, "Parking Brake Switch" N

Steering angle sensor BRC-139, "Steering Angle Sensor"

hill descent control switch BRC-140, "hill descent control Switch" O

Front LH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor
P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-137, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

Brake fluid level switch BRC-140, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"

Stop lamp switch BRC-139, "Stop Lamp Switch"

VDC OFF switch BRC-139, "VDC OFF Switch"

Revision: August 2015 BRC-131 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
No. Component parts Function
Rear LH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor

*: Models with differential lock

RHD
M/T models

Revision: August 2015 BRC-132 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JSFIA2960ZZ

P
Center console Cluster lid C lower Back of spiral cable assembly
Instrument lower panel Brake pedal Engine room (RH side)
Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side) Transmission (RH side)
Rear axle housing

Revision: August 2015 BRC-133 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

No. Component parts Function

Rear RH wheel sensor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Rear RH sensor rotor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter • VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
ECM • Engine status signal
Refer to EC-27, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE), EC-423,
"Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi), EC-760, "YS23DDT : Com-
ponent Parts Location" (YS23DDT), EC-764, "YS23DDTT : Component
Parts Location" (YS23DDTT) for detailed installation location.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front RH sensor rotor
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
Transfer control unit*2 • 4WD operation signal
Refer to DLN-11, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo-
cation.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Differential lock position signal
Differential lock control unit*3 • Differential lock mode switch signal
Refer to DLN-248, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
Parking brake switch BRC-141, "Parking Brake Switch"

hill descent control switch*1 BRC-140, "hill descent control Switch"

Steering angle sensor BRC-139, "Steering Angle Sensor"

VDC OFF switch BRC-139, "VDC OFF Switch"

Stop lamp switch BRC-139, "Stop Lamp Switch"

Brake fluid level switch BRC-140, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"

Front LH wheel sensor

BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-137, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

1st gear position switch BRC-140, "1st gear position Switch"

Park / neutral position switch BRC-141, "Park/Neutral position Switch"

Back-up lamp switch BRC-140, "Back-up lamp Switch"

Rear LH wheel sensor

BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor

Revision: August 2015 BRC-134 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: 4WD models A
*3: Models with differential lock
A/T models
B

BRC

JSFIA2923ZZ

Center console Cluster lid C lower Back of spiral cable assembly

Revision: August 2015 BRC-135 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Instrument lower panel Brake pedal Engine room (RH side)
Steering knuckle Engine room (LH side) Rear axle housing

No. Component parts Function

Rear RH wheel sensor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Rear RH sensor rotor BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter • VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
ECM • Engine status signal
Refer to EC-27, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE), EC-423,
"Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi), EC-760, "YS23DDT : Com-
ponent Parts Location" (YS23DDT), EC-764, "YS23DDTT : Component
Parts Location" (YS23DDTT) for detailed installation location.
Front RH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front RH sensor rotor
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
Transfer control unit*2 • 4WD operation signal
Refer to DLN-11, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo-
cation.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Current gear position signal
• Shift position signal
• P range signal
TCM
• N range signal
• R range signal
Refer to TM-114, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" (QR25DE), TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location" (Except QR25DE) for detailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
• Differential lock position signal
Differential lock control unit*3 • Differential lock mode switch signal
Refer to DLN-248, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
Parking brake switch BRC-141, "Parking Brake Switch"

hill descent control switch*1 BRC-140, "hill descent control Switch"

Steering angle sensor BRC-139, "Steering Angle Sensor"

VDC OFF switch BRC-139, "VDC OFF Switch"

Stop lamp switch BRC-139, "Stop Lamp Switch"

Brake fluid level switch BRC-140, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"

Revision: August 2015 BRC-136 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
No. Component parts Function
A
Front LH wheel sensor
BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Front LH sensor rotor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-137, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)" B

Rear LH wheel sensor

BRC-138, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Rear LH sensor rotor C
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: 4WD models
*3: Models with differential lock D
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000010686404

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehen- E

sively controls VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion, Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist
function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control BRC
function.

JSFIA1598ZZ
H

CONTROL UNIT
• Brake fluid pressure, engine and transmission are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
I
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator. J
Pump
• Pressure the brake fluid and send.
• Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure. K
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
L
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay
M
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS In Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit. N
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS Out Valve O
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
P
Cut Valve 1, Cut Valve 2
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder, when VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control func-
tion are activated.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Suction Valve 1, Suction Valve 2

Revision: August 2015 BRC-137 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump, when VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control
function are activated.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is
released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and wheel cylinder, so that pressure efficiently
decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor
Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit) via communication lines. [Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is integrated in ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).]
• Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal)
• Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)
Pressure Sensor
Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). [Pressure
sensor is integrated in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).]
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000010686405

• Front wheel sensor and front sensor rotor is integrated in wheel

hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester
because sensor is active sensor.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on rear axle housing.
CAUTION:
Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester
because sensor is active sensor.

JSFIA2739ZZ

• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly.

JSFIA1567ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-138 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current A
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
B
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.

JSFIA2762GB

D
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010700931

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted

electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). E

BRC

JSFIA1143ZZ
H
Steering Angle Sensor INFOID:0000000010686406

Detects the following information and transmits steering angle sen-

sor signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN I
communication.
• Steering wheel rotation amount
• Steering wheel rotation angular velocity J
• Steering wheel rotation direction

JSFIA1145ZZ
L
VDC OFF Switch INFOID:0000000010686407

• Non-operational status or standby status of the following functions M

can be selected using VDC OFF switch. VDC OFF indicator lamp
indicates the operation status of function. (ON: Non-operational
status, OFF: Standby status)
- VDC function N
- TCS function
NOTE:
ABS function, EBD function, Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) O
function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced
hill descent control function control operates.
• VDC OFF indicator lamp turns OFF (standby status) when the
engine is started again after it is stopped once while VDC OFF
JSFIA1148ZZ P
indicator lamp is ON (non-operational status).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-139 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
hill descent control Switch INFOID:0000000010686408

The operation of the hill descent control switch enables the arbitrary
switching of the advanced hill descent control function between stop
status and standby status. The status of the function is indicated by
the hill descent control indicator lamp.
• ON:
- When advanced hill descent control function is under operating
condition
- Advanced hill descent control function operating or operational
(condition is satisfied)
• Blinking: Advanced hill descent control function operating or oper-
ational (condition is not satisfied)
JSFIA2255ZZ
• OFF: Advanced hill descent control function switch OFF (non-
operational status)
NOTE:
Applied to models with advanced hill descent control function.
Brake Fluid Level Switch INFOID:0000000010686409

Detects the brake fluid level in reservoir tank and transmits con-
verted electric signal from combination meter to ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication, when brake fluid
level is the specified level or less.

JSFIA2708ZZ

1st gear position Switch INFOID:0000000011058914

Detects the operation status of 1st gear position switch and transmits
converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
NOTE:
Applied to M/T models.

JSFIA2731ZZ

Back-up lamp Switch INFOID:0000000011058915

Detects the operation status of back-up lamp switch and transmits

converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
NOTE:
Applied to M/T models.

JSFIA2732ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-140 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Park/Neutral position Switch INFOID:0000000011058916

A
Detects the operation status of park / neutral position switch and
transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). B
NOTE:
Applied to M/T models.

D
JSFIA2733ZZ

Parking Brake Switch INFOID:0000000011095679

E
Detects the operation status of parking brake switch and transmits
converted electric signal from combination meter to ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). BRC

H
JSFIA2738ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-141 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000010686412

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake to increase, to hold or to decrease according to signals
from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control system is applied to VDC func-
tion, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist
function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
• Back-up lamp switch, 1st gear position switch and park / neutral position switch are applied to M/T models.
• Transfer control unit is applied to 4WD models.
• Differential lock control unit and differential lock mode switch are applied to models with differential lock.
• hill descent control switch is applied to models with advanced hill descent control function.

JSFIA2924GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTRET SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-142 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component parts Signal description A

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
B
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication.
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal C
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
D
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Current gear position signal
TCM*2 • Shift position signal E
• P range signal
• N range signal
• R range signal
BRC
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal G
• Engine status signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Transfer control unit*3 communication.
• 4WD operation signal
H

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal I
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*4 communication.
Differential lock control unit • Differential lock position signal J
• Differential lock mode switch signal
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: A/T models K
*3: 4WD models
*4: Models with differential lock
VALVE OPERATION [VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL L
(BLSD) FUNCTION, BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION, hill start assist FUNCTION AND ADVANCED hill
descent control FUNCTION]
Each valve is operated and fluid pressure of brake is controlled. M
VDC Function, TCS Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function, Brake Assist Function, hill start assist

Revision: August 2015 BRC-143 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Function and Advanced hill descent control Function are in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA2710GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure increases

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

During pressure front RH brake increases

• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake through the ABS IN valve.
For the left brake, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pres-
surization for the left brake is controlled separately from the right brake.
During pressure front LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake through the ABS IN valve.
For the right brake, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pres-
surization for the right brake is controlled separately from the left brake.
During pressure rear RH brake increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake through the ABS IN valve.
For the left brake, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pres-
surization for the left brake is controlled separately from the right brake.
During pressure rear LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake through the ABS IN valve.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-144 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
For the right brake, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pres-
surization for the right brake is controlled separately from the left brake. A
VDC Function, TCS Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function, Brake Assist Function, hill start assist
Function and Advanced hill descent control Function are in Operation (During Pressure Holds)
B

BRC

I
JSFIA2711GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure holds

J
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) L
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds

M
During pressure front RH brake holds
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the front RH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir
are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake. The pressurization for the left N
brake is controlled separately from the right brake.
During pressure front LH brake holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the front LH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir O
are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake. The pressurization for the right
brake is controlled separately from the left brake.
During pressure rear RH brake holds P
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the rear RH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir
are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake. The pressurization for the left brake
is controlled separately from the right brake.
During pressure rear LH brake holds

Revision: August 2015 BRC-145 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the rear LH brake, master cylinder, and reservoir
are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake. The pressurization for the right
brake is controlled separately from the left brake.
VDC Function, TCS Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function, Brake Assist Function, hill start assist
Function and Advanced hill descent control Function are in Operation (During Pressure Decrease)

JSFIA2712GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure decrease

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During pressure front RH brake decreased

• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master cylinder
via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right brake is controlled separately from
the left brake.
During pressure front LH brake decreased
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master cylinder
via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the left brake is controlled separately from
the right brake.
During pressure rear RH brake decreased
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master cylinder
via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the right brake is controlled separately from
the left brake.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-146 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
During pressure rear LH brake decreased
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the A
fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master cylinder
via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left brake is controlled separately from
the right brake.
B
Component Parts and Function

Component parts Function

C
• Pressure the brake fluid and send.
Pump
• Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
D
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1 E
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according. BRC
Check valve Brake fluid does not backflow.
Returns the brake fluid from each brake to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when
return check valve
brake is released. G
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from each brake, so that pressure efficiently decreases
Reservoir
when decreasing pressure of each brake.
Reduces the vibrations travelling to the brake pedal during the operation of the VDC function, TCS H
Damper function, ABS function, EBD function, Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, Brake assist
function, hill start assist Function and Advanced hill descent control Function.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). I

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION)

Each valve is operated and fluid pressure of brake is controlled.
J
When Brake Pedal is Applied

JSFIA2713GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-147 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component parts Not activated When pressure increases

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

During pressure front RH brake increases

• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake from the
master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT
valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake from the mas-
ter cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT
valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH brake increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake from the mas-
ter cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT
valve is closed.
During pressure rear LH brake increases
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake from the mas-
ter cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT
valve is closed.
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA2713GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-148 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component parts Not activated When pressure increases A

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
B

Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) C
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases
D

During pressure front RH brake increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN E
valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir.
The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front RH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to
time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
BRC
During pressure front LH brake increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN
valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir.
The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front LH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to G
time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH brake increases H
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN
valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir.
The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear RH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to
time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open). I

During pressure rear LH brake increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN
valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. J
The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear LH brake from the master cylinder is controlled according to
time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
K

Revision: August 2015 BRC-149 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
When ABS Function is Operating (During Pressure Holds)

JSFIA2714GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure holds

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds

During pressure front RH brake holds

• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake, master cylinder, and reser-
voir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake.
During pressure front LH brake holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake, master cylinder, and reser-
voir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake.
During pressure rear RH brake holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH brake, master cylinder, and reser-
voir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake.
During pressure rear LH brake holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH brake, master cylinder, and reser-
voir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-150 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2715GB

Component parts Not activated When pressure decreases

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) I
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open) K
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During pressure front RH brake decreased L

• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when sent to
the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 by the pump.
M
During pressure front LH brake decreased
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH
brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when sent to N
the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 by the pump.
During pressure rear RH brake decreased
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH O
brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when sent to
the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 by the pump.
During pressure rear LH brake decreased P
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
brake is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when sent to
the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 by the pump.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-151 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
When Brake Release

JSFIA2716GB

Component pars Not activated When pressure decrease

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During pressure front RH brake release

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and the cut
valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure front LH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and the cut
valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure rear RH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and the cut
valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
During pressure rear LH brake release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and the cut
valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Component parts Function

• Pressure the brake fluid and send.
Pump
• Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-152 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component parts Function
A
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump. B
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according.
C
Check valve Brake fluid does not backflow.
Returns the brake fluid from each brake to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when
return check valve
brake is released.
D
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from each brake, so that pressure efficiently decreases
Reservoir
when decreasing pressure of each brake.
Reduces the vibrations travelling to the brake pedal during the operation of the VDC function, TCS E
Damper function, ABS function, EBD function, Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, Brake assist
function, hill start assist Function and Advanced hill descent control Function.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
BRC
CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP
Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
G
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp VDC warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF OFF
For several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON ON
H
Several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the before
OFF ON OFF
engine starts, system is in normal operation)
I
After engine starts OFF OFF OFF
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON OFF
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level J
OFF ON OFF
switch ON)
VDC function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
TCS function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON K
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF ON
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON ON
L
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
Brake assist function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
hill start assist function is malfunctioning OFF OFF OFF M
Advanced hill descent control function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
VDC function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
TCS function is operating OFF OFF Blinking N
ABS function is operating OFF OFF OFF
EBD function is operating OFF OFF OFF
O
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
Brake assist function is operating OFF OFF OFF
hill start assist function is operating OFF OFF OFF P
Advanced hill descent control function is operating OFF OFF OFF
Differential lock is operating ON OFF OFF

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE INDICATOR LAMP

Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-153 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

hill descent control indi-

Condition (status) VDC OFF indicator lamp
cator lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF
For several seconds second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON
Several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when system is in normal
OFF OFF
operation)
After engine starts (when system is in normal operation) OFF OFF
When VDC OFF switch is ON (VDC function and TCS function are OFF) ON OFF
VDC function is malfunctioning OFF OFF
TCS function is malfunctioning OFF OFF
Advanced hill descent control function is operating OFF ON
Advanced hill descent control function is operational (condition is satisfied) OFF ON
Advanced hill descent control function is operational (condition is not satisfied) OFF Blinking
Advanced hill descent control function is malfunctioning OFF OFF
Differential lock is operating ON OFF

Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010686413

FOR AUSTRALIA

Revision: August 2015 BRC-154 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JSFIA3412GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-155 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA3413GB

EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA

Revision: August 2015 BRC-156 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JSFIA3414GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-157 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA3415GB

Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000011107207

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION,
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION, hill start assist FUNCTION AND ADVANCED hill descent control FUNC-
TION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differen-

Revision: August 2015 BRC-158 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differ- A
ential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control func-
tion. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally.
ABS FUNCTION B
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and C
advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function,
TCS function, ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE: D
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION E
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist BRC
function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. G
DTC Fail-safe condition
C1101
H
C1102 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
C1103 • TCS function
C1104 • ABS function I
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
C1105 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
C1106 • Brake assist function
• hill start assist function J
C1107 • Advanced hill descent control function
C1108
C1109 The following functions are suspended. K
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function L
C1110 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
M

The following functions are suspended.

• VDC function
• TCS function N
• ABS function
C1111
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function O
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function P
• TCS function
C1113 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function

Revision: August 2015 BRC-159 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Fail-safe condition
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
C1115 • EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1116 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
C1118
• Advanced hill descent control function
C1120
C1121 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
C1122 • TCS function
C1123 • ABS function
• EBD function
C1124 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
C1125 • Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
C1126 • Advanced hill descent control function
C1127
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1130 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
C1140 • EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
C1142
The following functions are suspended.
C1143 • VDC function
C1144 • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
C1145 • Brake assist function
C1146 • hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
C1155

Revision: August 2015 BRC-160 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Fail-safe condition
A
C1160 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
C1164
• TCS function
C1165 • ABS function B
• EBD function
C1166
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
C1167 • hill start assist function C
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function D
• TCS function
• ABS function
C1187* • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function E
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
U1000 The following functions are suspended.
BRC
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
U1002 • Brake assist function G
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
*: Models with differential lock H
VDC FUNCTION
VDC FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686415
I
• Side slip or tail slip may occur while driving on a slippery road or intending an urgent evasive driving. VDC
function detects side slip status using each sensor when side slip or tail slip is about to occur and improves
vehicle stability by brake control and engine output control during driving. J
• In addition to TCS function, ABS function and EBD function, target side slip amount is calculated according
to steering operation amount from steering angle sensor and brake operation amount from pressure sensor.
By comparing this information with vehicle side slip amount that is calculated from information from yaw rate/
side G sensor and wheel sensor, vehicle driving conditions (conditions of understeer or oversteer) are K
judged and vehicle stability is improved by brake force control on all 4 wheels and engine output control.

N
JSFIA0672GB

• VDC function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by operating VDC OFF switch. In this case,
VDC OFF indicator lamp turns ON. O
• Control unit portion automatically improves driving stability by performing brake force control as well as
engine output control, by transmitting drive signal to actuator portion according to difference between target
side slip amount and vehicle side slip amount.
• VDC function is not operate when differential lock is operating (models with differential lock) P
• VDC warning lamp blinks while VDC function is in operation and indicates to the driver that the function is in
operation.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in VDC function, the control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist
function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models with-
out VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start

Revision: August 2015 BRC-161 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, ABS function and EBD function are
operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".
NOTE:
VDC has the characteristic as described here, This is not the device that helps reckless driving.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
• Transfer control unit is applied to 4WD models.
• Differential lock control unit is applied to models with differential lock.

JSFIA2925GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Current gear position signal
TCM*2 • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal
• R range signal

Revision: August 2015 BRC-162 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component parts Signal description
A
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal B
• Engine status signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Transfer control unit*3 communication.
• 4WD operation signal
C
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal D
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*4 communication.
Differential lock control unit • Differential lock position signal E
• Differential lock mode switch signal
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: A/T models BRC
*3: 4WD models
*4: Models with differential lock
OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS G
VDC Function That Prevents Oversteer Tendency
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the outer
side of turn. Moment directing towards the outer side of turn is generated. Oversteer is prevented. H

JPFIC0135GB K

• Changing driving lane on a slippery road, when oversteer tendency is judged large, engine output is con-
trolled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of 4 wheels. Oversteer tendency decreases. L

JPFIC0136GB
O
VDC Function That Prevents understeer Tendency

Revision: August 2015 BRC-163 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the inner
side of turn. Moment directing towards the inner side of turn is generated. Understeer is prevented.

JPFIC0137GB

• Applying braking during a cornering on a slippery road, when understeer tendency is judged large, engine
output is controlled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of four wheels. Understeer tendency
decreases.

JPFIC0138GB

TCS FUNCTION
TCS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686416

• Wheel spin status of drive wheel is detected by wheel sensor of 4

wheels. Engine output and transmission shift status is controlled
so that slip rate of drive wheels is in appropriate level. When wheel
spin occurs on drive wheel, ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) perform brake force control of LH and RH drive wheels (apply
brake force by increasing brake fluid pressure of drive wheel) and
decrease engine torque by engine torque control. Wheel spin
amount decreases. Engine torque is controlled to appropriate
level.
• TCS function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by
operating VDC OFF switch. In this case, VDC OFF indicator lamp
turns ON.
• TCS function is not operate when differential lock is operating
(models with differential lock)
• VDC warning lamp blinks while TCS function is in operation and
indicates to the driver that the function is in operation.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in TCS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function,
hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) func-
JSFIA0972GB
tion, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced
hill descent control function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-
158, "Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
• Transfer control unit is applied to 4WD models.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-164 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• Differential lock control unit is applied to models with differential lock.
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2925GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. K
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal L
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. M
• Current gear position signal
TCM*2 • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal N
• R range signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. O
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
P
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*3 communication.
Transfer control unit
• 4WD operation signal

Revision: August 2015 BRC-165 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component parts Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*4 communication.
Differential lock control unit • Differential lock position signal
• Differential lock mode switch signal
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: A/T models
*3: 4WD models
*4: Models with differential lock
ABS FUNCTION
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686417

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status.
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake
assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent
control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. How-
ever, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-
Safe".
NOTE:

• ABS function has the characteristic as described here, This is not

the device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
JPFIC0140GB
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less, but
differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehi-
cle speed approx. 10 km/h (6 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagnosis. In addition, brake
pedal may be felt heavy when depressing brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 BRC-166 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Differential lock control unit is applied to models with differential lock.
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2926GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component parts Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
Combination meter
• VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
K
communication.
Differential lock control unit* • Differential lock position signal
• Differential lock mode switch signal L
*: Models with differential lock
EBD FUNCTION
M
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686418

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur- N
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers). O

JPFIC0142GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-167 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front
and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig-
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and
advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes
the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) func-
tion, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced
hill descent control function. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".

JPFIC0143GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSFIA2534GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component parts Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

Revision: August 2015 BRC-168 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
A
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000010686419

• LH and RH driving wheel spin is always monitored. If necessary, appropriate brake force is independently B
applied to LH or RH driving wheel so that one-sided wheel spin is avoided and traction is maintained. Mainly
starting ability is improved.
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates while VDC function is in non-operational status (OFF) C
by VDC OFF switch.
• VDC warning lamp blinking while brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is in operation and indicates
to the driver that the function is in operation.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when brake limited slip differen- D
tial (BLSD) function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, E
the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function,
brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status
becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, BRC
ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM G
NOTE:
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
• Transfer control unit is applied to 4WD models.
• Differential lock control unit is applied to models with differential lock. H

JSFIA2925GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL P

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-169 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Current gear position signal
TCM*2 • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal
• R range signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Transfer control unit*3 communication.
• 4WD operation signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*4 communication.
Differential lock control unit • Differential lock position signal
• Differential lock mode switch signal
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: A/T models
*3: 4WD models
*4: Models with differential lock
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686420

• When the driver brakes hard in an emergency, the stopping distance is reduced by increasing brake fluid
pressure.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake assist function, the control is suspended
for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill
start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, ABS function and EBD function
are operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
• Transfer control unit is applied to 4WD models.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-170 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• Differential lock control unit is applied to models with differential lock.
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2925GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. K
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal L
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal*1
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. M
• Current gear position signal
TCM*2 • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal N
• R range signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. O
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
P
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*3 communication.
Transfer control unit
• 4WD operation signal

Revision: August 2015 BRC-171 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component parts Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
*4 communication.
Differential lock control unit • Differential lock position signal
• Differential lock mode switch signal
*1: Models with advanced hill descent control function
*2: A/T models
*3: 4WD models
*4: Models with differential lock
hill start assist FUNCTION
hill start assist FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686422

• This function maintains brake fluid pressure so that the vehicle does not move backwards even if brake
pedal is released to depress accelerator pedal to start the vehicle while it is stopped on an uphill slope by
depressing brake pedal.
• This function operates when the vehicle is in stop status on an uphill slope of slope ratio 10% or more and
shifter lever is in the position other than neutral. (M/T models)
• This function operates when the vehicle is in stop status on an uphill slope of slope ratio 10% or more and
selector lever is in the position other than P or N. (A/T models)
• hill start assist function is only for the start aid. It maintains the brake fluid pressure for approx. 2 seconds
after releasing the brake pedal, and then decreases the pressure gradually. If the vehicle can start by the
accelerator operation, the brake is released automatically and a smooth start can be performed.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in hill start assist function, the control is suspended
for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill
start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, ABS function and EBD function
are operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• Park / neutral position switch is applied to M/T models.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-172 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• TCM is applied to A/T models.
A

BRC

H
JSFIA2737GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. K
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal L
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. M
• Current gear position signal
TCM* • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal N
• R range signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. O
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
P
Transfer control unit communication.
• 4WD operation signal
*: A/T models
ADVANCED hill descent control FUNCTION

Revision: August 2015 BRC-173 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
ADVANCED hill descent control FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000010686423

• At a steep descent, vehicle speed is normally controlled by the driver′s brake operation. On the other hand,
advanced hill descent control function automatically reduces and maintains vehicle speed.
• Advanced hill descent control function starts when all of the following conditions are satisfied: hill descent
control switch is ON and, vehicle speed is 25 km/h (15.5 MPH) or less, the inclination is 10% or more and
sifter lever is in the 1st gear position or reverse gear position. (M/T models)
• Advanced hill descent control function starts when all of the following conditions are satisfied: hill descent
control switch is ON and, vehicle speed is 25 km/h (15.5 MPH) or less, the inclination is 10% or more and
selector lever is in the other than P and N position. (A/T models)
• Advanced hill descent control function is cancelled when depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.
(Advanced hill descent control function restarts when releasing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.)
• As for M/T models, although the hill descent control indicator lamp blinks and advanced hill descent control
function becomes deactivated when engine coolant water temperature is low, this is normal. (advanced hill
descent control function starts when engine coolant water temperature rises and hill descent control indica-
tor lamp turns ON.)
• hill descent control switch is ON and turns ON when advanced hill descent control function are operation or
satisfied to operational conditions.
• The Stop lamp of the rear combination lamp stays ON during the operation of advanced hill descent control
function.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when advanced hill descent con-
trol function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by advanced hill descent control func-
tion that is normally operated.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in advanced hill descent control function, the oper-
ation of the hill descent control switch does not turn ON or blink the hill descent control indicator lamp on the
combination meter, and the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control
function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-158, "Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• Back-up lamp switch and 1st gear position switch is applied to M/T models.
• TCM is applied to A/T models.

JSFIA2720GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-174 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. A

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN B
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. C
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
D
• Brake warning lamp signal
• hill descent control indicator lamp signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. E
• Current gear position signal
TCM* • Shift position signal
• P range signal
• N range signal
BRC
• R range signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. G
ECM • Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
• Engine status signal
H
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Transfer control unit communication.
• 4WD operation signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
I
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
*: A/T models J
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010686424 K

Name Design Layout/Function L

For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
ABS warning lamp For function: Refer to MWI-31, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : ABS Warning Lamp". M
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
VDC warning lamp For function: Refer to MWI-66, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : VDC Warning Lamp". N
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Brake warning lamp For function: Refer to MWI-34, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Brake Warning Lamp".
O
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
VDC OFF indicator lamp For function: Refer to MWI-65, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
P
LAMPS : VDC OFF Indicator Lamp".
For layout: Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
hill descent control indicator lamp For function: Refer to MWI-47, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : hill descent control Indicator lamp".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-175 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010686426

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description

ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
Date Monitor Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec-
Active Test
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Work support Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.
*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.

• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
The following vehicle status is recorded when DTC is detected and is displayed on CONSULT.

Item name Display Item

The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 – 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1→2→3...38→39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
×: Applicable
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-176 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
B
DECEL G-SEN Decel G detected by yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is dis-
× ×
(G) played.

FR RH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
played.
C
(On/Off)

FR RH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.
D
FR LH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.

FR LH OUT SOL*1 Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis- E
×
(On/Off) played.

RR RH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played. BRC
RR RH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.
G
RR LH IN SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
(On/Off) played.

RR LH OUT SOL*1 ×
Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
played.
H
(On/Off)
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.*2
I
STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed. J
(On/Off)

ACTUATOR RLY*1 × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.

(On/Off)
K
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.*2
(On/Off)
OFF LAMP
× VDC OFF indicator lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.*2 L
(On/Off)
OFF SW
× × VDC OFF switch status is displayed.
(On/Off)
M
SLIP/VDC LAMP
× VDC warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.*2
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× × N
(V) unit) is displayed.
Current gear position judged from current gear position sig-
GEAR*3 × ×
nal is displayed.
Current shift position judged from shift position signal is dis-
O
SLCT LVR POSI*3 × ×
played.
ENGINE SPEED
× × Engine speed status is displayed. P
[tr/min (RPM)]
YAW RATE SEN Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is dis-
× ×
(d/s) played.
R range signal input status judged from R range signal is
R POSI SIG*3 displayed.
N range signal input status judged from N range signal is
N POSI SIG*3 displayed.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-177 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
P range signal input status judged from P range signal is dis-
P POSI SIG*3 played.

CV1*1 Operation status of cut valve 1 is displayed.

(On/Off)

CV2*1 Operation status of cut valve 2 is displayed.

(On/Off)

SV1*1 Operation status of suction valve 1 is displayed.

(On/Off)

SV2*1 Operation status of suction valve 2 is displayed.

(On/Off)
ACCEL POS SIG
× Displays the Accelerator pedal position.
(%)
SIDE G-SENSOR Side G detected by yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is dis-
×
(m/s2) played.
STR ANGLE SIG Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor is dis-
×
(deg) played.
PRESS SENSOR Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor is dis-
×
(bar) played.
EBD SIGNAL
Operation status of EBD function is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS SIGNAL
Operation status of ABS function is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS SIGNAL
Operation status of TCS function is displayed.
(On/Off)
VDC SIGNAL
Operation status of VDC function is displayed.
(On/Off)
EBD FAIL SIG
Displayed but not used.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG
Fail-safe signal status of ABS function is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS FAIL SIG
Fail-safe signal status of TCS function is displayed.
(On/Off)
VDC FAIL SIG
Fail-safe signal status of VDC function is displayed.
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG
Cranking status is displayed.
(On/Off)
FLUID LEV SW
× Brake fluid level signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)

DDS SW*4 Operation status of hill descent control switch is displayed.

(On/Off)

DDS SIG*4 Operation status of advanced hill descent control function is

(On/Off) displayed.

USS SIG*5 Operation status of hill start assist function is displayed.

(On/Off)

1ST GEAR SIG*6 1st range status is displayed.

(On/Off)
HBA FAIL
Fail-safe signal status of brake assist function is displayed.
(On/Off)
HBA SIG
Operation status of brake assist function is displayed.
(On/Off)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-178 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS

DLOCK SW*7 Differential lock position switch signal input status via CAN
(On/Off) communication is displayed.
B
DLOCK CHG SW*7 Differential lock mode switch signal input status via CAN
(On/Off) communication is displayed.

*1: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for C
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*2: Refer to BRC-175, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp" for ON/OFF
conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
D
*3: A/T models
*4: “DDS” means “hill descent control” or “downhill drive support”.
*5: “USS” means “hill start assist” or “Uphill Start Support”.
*6: M/T models E
*7: Models with differential lock
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test results BRC
and data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation. G
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning. H
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction. I
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a
J
malfunction.
ABS In Valve and ABS Out Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is K
normal.

Display
Test item Display item L
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* M
FR LH IN SOL Off Off On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
N
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On O
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds. P
ABS In Valve (ACT), ABS Out Valve (ACT)
When “Up”, “ACT UP” or “ACT KEEP” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when
system is normal.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-179 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Display
Test item Display item
Up ACT KEEP ACT UP
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off

FR RH SOLE- FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off

NOID(ACT) CV2 Off On On
SV2 Off * Off
On
FR LH IN SOL Off Off Off

FR LH SOLE- FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off

NOID(ACT) CV1 Off On On
SV1 Off On* Off
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off

RR RH SOLE- RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off

NOID(ACT) CV1 Off On On
SV1 Off On* Off
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off

RR LH SOLE- RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off

NOID(ACT) CV2 Off On On
SV2 Off * Off
On
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
WORK SUPPORT

Item Description
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor.
DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION Perform decel G sensor calibration.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-180 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010686427
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

NOTE: C
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Reference valve in normal operation D

Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 E
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 BRC
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1
G
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- H
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
When stopped Approx. 0 G
DECEL G-SEN During acceleration Positive value I
During deceleration Negative value
When front RH ABS IN valve is active On
FR RH IN SOL*2 J
When front RH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
When front RH ABS OUT valve is active On
FR RH OUT SOL*2
When front RH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off K
When front LH ABS IN valve is active On
FR LH IN SOL*2
When front LH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
L
When front LH ABS OUT valve is active On
*2
FR LH OUT SOL
When front LH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off
When rear RH ABS IN valve is active On M
RR RH IN SOL*2
When rear RH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
When rear RH ABS OUT valve is active On
RR RH OUT SOL*2 N
When rear RH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off
When rear LH ABS IN valve is active On
RR LH IN SOL*2
When rear LH ABS IN valve is not activated Off
O
When rear LH ABS OUT valve is active On
RR LH OUT SOL*2
When rear LH ABS OUT valve is not activated Off

Brake warning lamp is ON*3 On P

EBD WARN LAMP
Brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal not depressed Off
When ABS motor and motor relay are active On
MOTOR RELAY
When ABS motor and motor relay are not activated Off

Revision: August 2015 BRC-181 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item Condition Reference valve in normal operation
When ABS actuator relay is active On
ACTUATOR RLY*2 When ABS actuator relay is not activated (in fail-
Off
safe mode)

ABS warning lamp is ON*3 On

ABS WARN LAMP
*3 Off
ABS warning lamp is OFF

VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON*3 On

OFF LAMP
VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF*3 Off
When VDC OFF switch is ON On
OFF SW
When VDC OFF switch is OFF Off

VDC warning lamp is ON*3 On

SLIP/VDC LAMP
VDC warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V

GEAR*4 When driving Depending on shift status

SLCT LVR POSI*4 When selector lever operating Selector lever position is displayed
With engine stopped 0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED Almost in accordance with tachometer
Engine running
display
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 d/s
YAW RATE SEN Turning right Negative value
Turning left Positive value
When selector lever is in the R position On
R POSI SIG*4
When selector lever is in the other than R position Off
When selector lever is in the N position On
N POSI SIG*4
When selector lever is in the other than N position Off
When selector lever is in the P position On
P POSI SIG*4
When selector lever is in the other than P position Off
When cut valve 1 is active On
CV1*2
When cut valve 1 is not activated Off
When cut valve 2 is active On
CV2*2
When cut valve 2 is not activated Off
When suction valve 1 is active On
SV1*2
When suction valve is not activated Off
When suction valve 2 is active On
SV2*2
When suction valve is not activated Off
Never depress accelerator pedal
0%
(Ignition switch ON)
ACCEL POS SIG
Depress accelerator pedal
0 – 100%
(Ignition switch ON)
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
SIDE G-SENSOR Turning right Negative value
Turning left Positive value
When driving straight ±2.5°
STR ANGLE SIG When steering wheel is steered to RH by 90° Approx. +90°
When steering wheel is steered to LH by 90° Approx. −90°

Revision: August 2015 BRC-182 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item Condition Reference valve in normal operation
A
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 bar
PRESS SENSOR
Brake pedal depressed (−40) – 300 bar
When EBD function is active On B
EBD SIGNAL
When EBD function is not activated Off
When ABS function is active On
ABS SIGNAL
When ABS function is not activated Off C
When TCS function is active On
TCS SIGNAL
When TCS function is not activated Off
D
When VDC function is active On
VDC SIGNAL
When VDC function is not activated Off
EBD FAIL SIG Displayed but not used — E
When ABS function is fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
When ABS function is normal Off
BRC
When TCS function is fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG
When TCS function is normal Off
When VDC function is fail-safe On G
VDC FAIL SIG
When VDC function is normal Off
When cranking On
CRANKING SIG H
When other than cranking Off
When brake fluid level switch is ON (brake fluid level
On
FLUID LEV SW is less than the specified level)
I
When brake fluid level switch is OFF Off
When hill descent control switch is ON On
DDS SW*5
When hill descent control switch is OFF Off J
When advanced hill descent control function is ac-
On
tive
DDS SIG*5
When advanced hill descent control function is not K
Off
activated
When hill start assist function is active On
USS SIG*6 L
When hill start assist function is not activated Off
When shifter lever is in the 1st gear position On
1ST GEAR SIG*7 When shifter lever is in the other than 1st gear posi-
tion
Off M

When brake assist function is active On

HBA SIG
When brake assist function is not activated Off N
When brake assist function is fail-safe On
HBA FAIL
When brake assist function is normal Off
Differential lock is active On O
DLOCK SW*8
Differential lock is inactive Off
Differential lock mode switch ON On
DLOCK CHG SW *8 P
Differential lock mode switch OFF Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*3: Refer to BRC-175, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp" for ON/OFF
conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
*4: A/T models

Revision: August 2015 BRC-183 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
*5: “DDS” means “hill descent control” or “downhill drive support”.
*6: “USS” means “hill start assist” or “Uphill Start Support”.
*7: M/T models
*8: Models with differential lock
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000010686428

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION,
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION, hill start assist FUNCTION AND ADVANCED hill descent control FUNC-
TION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control func-
tion. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally.
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and
advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function,
TCS function, ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start
assist function and advanced hill descent control function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist
function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function and advanced hill descent control function.

DTC Fail-safe condition

C1101
C1102 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
C1103 • TCS function
C1104 • ABS function
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
C1105 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
C1106 • Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
C1107 • Advanced hill descent control function
C1108
C1109 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1110 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function

Revision: August 2015 BRC-184 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Fail-safe condition
A
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function B
C1111
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function C
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function D
C1113 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function E
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
BRC
• ABS function
C1115 • EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function G
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
H
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1116 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function I
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
C1118 J
• Advanced hill descent control function
C1120
C1121 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function K
C1122 • TCS function
C1123 • ABS function
• EBD function
C1124 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
L
C1125 • Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
C1126 • Advanced hill descent control function M
C1127
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
N
• TCS function
C1130 • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function O
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function P
• ABS function
C1140 • EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function

Revision: August 2015 BRC-185 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Fail-safe condition
C1142
The following functions are suspended.
C1143 • VDC function
C1144 • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
C1145 • Brake assist function
C1146 • hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
C1155
C1160 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
C1164
• TCS function
C1165 • ABS function
• EBD function
C1166
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
C1167 • hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
C1187* • Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
U1000 The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
U1002 • Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
*: Models with differential lock
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010686429

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.

Priority Detected item (DTC)

• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
2 • C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
• C1118 4WD SYSTEM
• C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
3 • C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
• C1187 DIFLOCK CONT*
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNROMAL]
4 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY

Revision: August 2015 BRC-186 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Priority Detected item (DTC)
A
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1 B
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 C
• C1113 G SENSOR
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1116 STOP LAMP SW
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL D
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
5 • C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
E
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC
• C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
• C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
• C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
• C1146 SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT G
• C1160 DECEL G SEN SET
• C1164 CV 1
• C1165 CV 2
• C1166 SV 1 H
• C1167 SV 2
6 • C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW
*: Models with differential lock I

DTC Index INFOID:0000000010686430

J
VDC warning ABS warning Brake warning
DTC Display item Refer to
lamp lamp lamp
K
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1 ON ON ON*1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1 ON ON ON*1
BRC-214, "DTC Description"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 ON ON ON*1 L
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1 ON ON ON*1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2 ON ON ON*1 M
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2 ON ON ON*1
BRC-218, "DTC Description"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2 ON ON ON*1
N
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 ON ON ON*1
BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNROM-
C1109 ON ON ON BRC-224, "DTC Description"
AL] O
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE ON ON ON BRC-227, "DTC Description"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ON ON ON BRC-228, "DTC Description"
C1113 G SENSOR ON OFF OFF BRC-230, "DTC Description"
P
ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIG-
C1115 ON ON ON BRC-231, "DTC Description"
NAL]

Revision: August 2015 BRC-187 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
VDC warning ABS warning Brake warning
DTC Display item Refer to
lamp lamp lamp
For Australia: BRC-237, "FOR
AUSTRALIA : DTC Description"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW ON OFF OFF Except for Australia: BRC-246,
"EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA :
DTC Description"
C1118 4WD SYSTEM OFF OFF OFF BRC-254, "DTC Description"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-255, "DTC Description"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-258, "DTC Description"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-255, "DTC Description"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-258, "DTC Description"
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-255, "DTC Description"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-258, "DTC Description"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-255, "DTC Description"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL ON ON ON BRC-258, "DTC Description"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 ON OFF OFF BRC-261, "DTC Description"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY ON ON ON BRC-263, "DTC Description"
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT ON OFF OFF BRC-265, "DTC Description"
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT ON OFF OFF BRC-267, "DTC Description"
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL ON OFF OFF BRC-270, "DTC Description"
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR ON OFF OFF
BRC-230, "DTC Description"
C1146 SIDE G SEN CITCUIT ON OFF OFF
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW ON OFF OFF BRC-272, "DTC Description"
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET ON OFF OFF BRC-275, "DTC Description"
C1164 CV 1 ON ON ON
BRC-277, "DTC Description"
C1165 CV 2 ON ON ON
C1166 SV 1 ON ON ON
BRC-279, "DTC Description"
C1167 SV 2 ON ON ON

C1187*2 DIFLOCK CONT ON ON OFF BRC-281, "DTC Description"

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON OFF OFF BRC-283, "DTC Description"
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ON OFF OFF BRC-284, "DTC Description"
*1: Only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning
*2: Models with differential lock

Revision: August 2015 BRC-188 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram (For Australia) INFOID:0000000010686432
B

BRC

JRFWC4086GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-189 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4087GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-190 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4088GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-191 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4089GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-192 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4090GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-193 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4091GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-194 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4092GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-195 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]
Wiring Diagram (Except for Australia) INFOID:0000000012926902

JRFWC4093GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-196 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4094GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-197 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4095GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-198 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4096GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-199 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4097GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-200 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4098GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-201 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4099GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-202 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4100GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-203 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

JRFWC4101GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-204 D23

 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

BRC

JRFWC4102GB

Revision: August 2015 BRC-205 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010686433

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FORM THE CUSTOMER
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-207, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-184, "Fail-
Safe".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.RECHECK SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for “ABS”.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on
BRC-186, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-46,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART
1. Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
3. When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”.

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-206 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
Can the error-detected system be identified?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-46,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK B

With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions. C
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
D
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010686434

E
Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all BRC
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE G

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year H
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km (Mile) I
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
J
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
K
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant L
Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )
ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C (°F)]
M
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
N
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration O
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-207 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km (Mile)

Other conditions

Memo

Revision: August 2015 BRC-208 D23

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
A
TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000010686435
B
When replaced the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), be sure to perform the following item. Refer to
BRC-209, "Work Procedure".
• Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor. C
• Calibration of the decel G sensor.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011365937

D
1.ADJUSTMENT THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
With CONSULT
E
Perform adjustment the neutral of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-210, "Description".

>> GO TO 2.
BRC
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
With CONSULT
Perform calibration of decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-212, "Description". G

>> END of work.

H

Revision: August 2015 BRC-209 D23

 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Description INFOID:0000000010686437

Always adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor before driving when the following operation is per-
formed. Refer to BRC-210, "Work Procedure".
×: Required —: Not required

Procedure Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor

Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/installing steering angle sensor ×
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/installing steering components ×
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/installing suspension components ×
Replacing suspension components ×
Removing/installing tire —
Replacing tire —
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment. ×

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010686438

CAUTION:
Always use CONSULT when adjusting the neutral position of steering angle sensor. (It cannot be
adjusted other than with CONSULT.)
1.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS
Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position.
Does the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle.
2.ADJUST NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in this order.
3. Select “START”.
CAUTION:
Never touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select “END”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead or the vehicle needs to be moved. Stop when it is pointing
straight ahead.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-210 D23

 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR”, “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” and “STR ANGLE SIG” in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value. A

STR ANGLE SIG : 0±2.5°

Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY C

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result of “ABS”. D
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis. E

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-211 D23

 CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000010686439

CAUTION:
Always perform the decel G sensor calibration before driving when the following operation is per-
formed. Refer to BRC-212, "Work Procedure".
NOTE:
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor calibration is performed when performing the decel G sensor calibration.
×: Required —: Not required

Procedure Decel G sensor calibration

Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/installing steering components —
Replacing steering components —
Removing/installing suspension components —
Replacing suspension components —
Removing/installing tire —
Replacing tire —
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment. —
Removing/installing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor ×
Replacing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor ×

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010686440

CAUTION:
Always use CONSULT for the decel G sensor calibration. (It cannot be adjusted other than with CON-
SULT.)
NOTE:
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor calibration is performed when performing the decel G sensor calibration.
1.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS
1. Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle on level surface.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Is the vehicle stopped in the straight-ahead position on level surface?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle on level surface.
2.PERFORM DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION
CAUTION:
• Never allow passenger or load on the vehicle.
• Never apply vibration to the vehicle body when opening or closing door during calibration.
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT”, “DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION” in this order.
3. Select “START”.
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select “END”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-212 D23

 CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]

>> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT B
1. Drive the vehicle. Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle on level sur-
face.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR”, “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” and “DECEL G-SEN” in this order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value. C

DECEL G-SEN : Approx. ±0.08 G

D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
E
4.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
With CONSULT
Erase self-diagnosis result of “ABS”. BRC
Are the memories erased?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis. G
5.PERFORM DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION (TRANSMISSION)
Perform decel G sensor calibration. Refer to TM-200, "Description" (QR25DE), TM-511, "Description" (Except H
QR25DE).

>> INSPECTION END I

Revision: August 2015 BRC-213 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686444

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
RR RH SENSOR-1
C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
(Rear RH wheel sensor-1)
RR LH SENSOR-1
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
(Rear LH wheel sensor-1)
FR RH SENSOR-1
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
(Front RH wheel sensor-1)
FR LH SENSOR-1
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
(Front LH wheel sensor-1)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686445

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-214 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR A

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1) C
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". D
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. E
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. BRC
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END G

3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1) J
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. K
3. Start the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle. L
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. O
3. Disconnect the each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin termi-
nals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-215 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel
sensor harness connector. (Check the continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center
harness in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
36 E53 (FR LH wheel)
27 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E67 1 Existed
29 C4 (RR LH wheel)
34 C5 (RR RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37 E53 (FR LH wheel)
26 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E67 2 Existed
30 C4 (RR LH wheel)
33 C5 (RR RH wheel)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-216 D23

 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. A
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
B
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103”, “C1104” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
C
lation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-217 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686446

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
RR RH SENSOR-2 - Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply
C1105
(Rear RH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
RR LH SENSOR-2 - Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply
C1106
(Rear LH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
FR RH SENSOR-2 - Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power sup-
C1107
(Front RH wheel sensor-2) ply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
FR LH SENSOR-2 - Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.6 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply
C1108
(Front LH wheel sensor-2) voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Sensor rotor
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-218 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle. A
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure". B
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686447 C

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals. D
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis
Procedure". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC

2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire, and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
I
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine. J
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE: K
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting L
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. M

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)

With CONSULT N
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
O
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END P
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:

Revision: August 2015 BRC-219 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-309, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-220 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) A

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. B
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL D
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec- E
tor.
3. Disconnect the each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin termi-
nals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12.
G
12. CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. H
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. I
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE: J
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting K
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13. L
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT M
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. N
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-221 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
36, 37
27, 26
E67 Ground Not existed
29, 30
34, 33
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-222 D23

 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6) A

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. B
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19. C
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT D
1. Replace the sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-312, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-312, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation". E
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. BRC
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107”, “C1108” detected? G
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> INSPECTION END H

Revision: August 2015 BRC-223 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686448

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNOR- When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 MAL] • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage
(Battery voltage [abnormal]) • Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• Battery
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686449

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-224 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END A
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
B
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

C
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 6 Ground Approx. 0 V D
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine. E
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 6 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#60). I
3. Disconnect the IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/
R harness connector.
J

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
E67 6 E60 15 Existed
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
L
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
E67 6 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.
P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-225 D23

 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness.
2. Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-226 D23

 C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686450

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROLLER FAILURE
C1110 When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
(Controller failure)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
E
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function BRC
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function G
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. K
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686451

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

N
Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”.
O
>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
P

Revision: August 2015 BRC-227 D23

 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686452

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
PUMP MOTOR
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
(Pump motor and motor relay)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686453

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 BRC-228 D23

 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY A

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal C
E67 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: D
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
E
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
BRC

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check the 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I). I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the K
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

L
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed M
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
O
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal- P
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-229 D23

 C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686454

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
G SENSOR
C1113 When a malfunction is detected in decel G sensor signal.
(Decel G sensor)
YAW RATE SENSOR
C1145 When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate sensor signal.
(Yaw rate sensor circuit)
SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT
C1146 When a malfunction is detected in side G sensor signal.
(Side G sensor circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1113”, “C1145”, “C1146” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686455

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1113”, “C1145” or “C1146”
is displayed in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-230 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686456

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during
C1115
(Wheel sensor [abnormal signal]) the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
• Sensor rotor E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. BRC
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function G
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function H
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine. L
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
M
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686457

O
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM P
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis
Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
Revision: August 2015 BRC-231 D23
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire, and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-309, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-232 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- A
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19. B
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. C
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? D
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR (2) E

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. BRC
3. Check the wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT H
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine. I
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11. L
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT M
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
N
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check the ABS actu- P
ator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect each wheel sensor harness connector and then check the each wheel sensor pin terminals for
damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-233 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)

With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel
sensor harness connector. (Check the continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center
harness in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
36 E53 (FR LH wheel)
27 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E67 1 Existed
29 C4 (RR LH wheel)
34 C5 (RR RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37 E53 (FR LH wheel)
26 E54 (FR RH wheel)
E67 2 Existed
30 C4 (RR LH wheel)
33 C5 (RR RH wheel)
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-234 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
36, 37
B
27, 26
E67 Ground Not existed
29, 30
34, 33 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15. D
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT E
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
BRC
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value". G
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. H
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
I
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5) J
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. K
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17. L
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
M
With CONSULT
1. Replace the wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". N
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. O
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. P
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-235 D23

 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace the sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-312, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-312, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 BRC-236 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
FOR AUSTRALIA
FOR AUSTRALIA : DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686458
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item C
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STOP LAMP SW
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
(Stop lamp switch) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
E
• Stop lamp switch
• Stop lamp relay 1
• Stop lamp relay 2
• Fuse BRC
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Battery power supply system
• Battery G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function H
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function I
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K

>> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. M
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-237, "FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686459 O

NOTE:
DTC “C1116” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed P
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.
1.INTERVIEW FORM THE CUSTOMER
Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-237 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check the stop lamp system, and GO TO 4.
• LED headlamp with Intelligent Key: EXL-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• LED headlamp without Intelligent Key: EXL-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key: EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance, Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment" and GO TO 6.
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-238 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7. A
7.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Check the stop lamp relay 1 and stop lamp relay 2. Refer to BRC-245, "FOR AUSTRALIA : Component
B
Inspection (Stop lamp Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
C
NO >> Replace the stop lamp relay 1 or stop lamp relay 2. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT D
1. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. E
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle. BRC
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor G
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-244, "FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop lamp I
Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation", and GO TO 10.
10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4) K
With CONSULT
1. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. L
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle. M
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor N
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with
harness connector.
5. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
6. Check the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check the stop lamp relay 1 pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-239 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
8. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
9. Check the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
10. Check the stop lamp relay 2 pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
11. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
12. Check the stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
13. Check the stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
14. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
15. Check the fuse block (J/B) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
16. Check the fuse block (J/B) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
4. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
5. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
8. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
9. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
10. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E67 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E67 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 23.
NO-1 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 14.
NO-2 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 17.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-240 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop A
lamp relay 1 harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay 1 B
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 12 E55 3 Existed
C
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

D
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 12 Ground Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15. BRC
15.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (2)
1. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and ground. G

Stop lamp relay 1

— Voltage
Connector Terminal H
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
I
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and ground.
J
Stop lamp relay 1
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2 K
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2) M
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#10).
3. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector. N
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and fuse block (J/B).

Stop lamp relay 1 Fuse block (J/B)

Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2
E55 E36 5F Existed
5 P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 20.
17.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-241 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp relay 2 harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay 2
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 12 E109 3 Existed
5. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 2 harness connector and stop lamp relay 1 harness con-
nector.

Stop lamp relay 2 Stop lamp relay 1

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 4 E55 3 Existed
6. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 12 Ground Not existed
7. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 2 harness connector and the ground.

Stop lamp relay 2

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E109 4 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 18.
18.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (2)
1. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 2 harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay 2

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E109 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay 1

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 2 harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay 2

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E109 Ground 10 − 16 V
5

Revision: August 2015 BRC-242 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
5. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and ground.
A
Stop lamp relay 1
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2) D

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the 10A fuse (#10).
3. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector. E
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and fuse block (J/B).

Stop lamp relay 1 Fuse block (J/B) BRC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2
E55 E36 5F Existed G
5
5. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 2 harness connector and fuse block (J/B).
H
Stop lamp relay 2 Fuse block (J/B)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
1
E109 E36 5F Existed
5
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 20.
20.CHECK DATA MONITOR (6) K

With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
L
2. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
4. Connect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
5. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. M
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
7. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
N
Stop the vehicle.
8. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
9. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor O
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO-1 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 22.
NO-2 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 21.
21.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-243 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp relay 2 harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay 2
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 21 E109 2 Existed
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 21 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 22.
22.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (3)
Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 1 and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Stop lamp relay 1 Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 23.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 23.
23.CHECK DATA MONITOR (7)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
4. Connect the stop lamp relay 2 harness connector.
5. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
7. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
8. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
9. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011103751

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-244 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

Stop lamp switch A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed B
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".
D
FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011365271

1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 1 E

1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector terminal (1 and 2).
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short. BRC
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.
G
Stop lamp relay 1
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector H
Existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2) I
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 1 J

Resistance
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>INSPECTION END
YES-2 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 2. L
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 1.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY 2
1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector terminal (1 and 2). M
CAUTION:
• Never make the terminals short.
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. N
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 2 O

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
Not existed
terminal (1 and 2) P
3−4
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 connector
Existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 2 con-
Not existed
nector terminal (1 and 2)

Revision: August 2015 BRC-245 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 2 connector terminals.

Stop lamp relay 2

Resistance
Terminal
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 2.
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : DTC Description INFOID:0000000012933390

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STOP LAMP SW
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
(Stop lamp switch)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Stop lamp switch
• Stop lamp relay 1
• Fuse
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Battery power supply system
• Battery
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-246, "EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012926901

NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 BRC-246 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
DTC “C1116” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. A
1.INTERVIEW FORM THE CUSTOMER
Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
B
driving the vehicle.
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT D
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine. E
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. BRC
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END G

3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION

Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns H
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. I
NO >> Check the stop lamp system, and GO TO 4.
• LED headlamp with Intelligent Key: EXL-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• LED headlamp without Intelligent Key: EXL-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
• Halogen headlamp with Intelligent Key: EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key: EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1) K
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. L
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor M
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. O
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71, P
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance, Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD) and GO TO 6.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-247 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)

With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Check the stop lamp relay 1. Refer to BRC-253, "EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop
lamp Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp relay 1. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-252, "EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop
lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-82,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD), and GO TO 10.
10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-248 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with C
harness connector.
5. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
6. Check the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector for disconnection or looseness. D
7. Check the stop lamp relay 1 pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
8. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
9. Check the stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
10. Check the stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. E
11. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
12. Check the fuse block (J/B) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
13. Check the fuse block (J/B) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 12. G
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)
With CONSULT H
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector. I
5. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
7. Start the engine. J
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
8. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value". K
9. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (1) M

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage O
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E67 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V P
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-249 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E67 12 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp relay 1 harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay 1
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 12 E55 3 Existed
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 12 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (2)
1. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay 1

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay 1

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground 10 − 16 V
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#10).
3. Disconnect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 1 harness connector and fuse block (J/B).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-250 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

Stop lamp relay 1 Fuse block (J/B) A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2
E55 E36 5F Existed B
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 17.
17.CHECK DATA MONITOR (6)
D
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector. E
4. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Start the engine. BRC
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value". G
8. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 (Models with ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 18.
NO-2 (Models without ADVANCED hill descent control)>>GO TO 20. I
18.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Disconnect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp relay 1 harness connector. K

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp relay 1
Continuity L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 21 E55 1 Existed
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the M
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) N

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 21 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 19.
P
19.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Disconnect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop
lamp switch harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-251 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 21 E56 1 Existed
3. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 21 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 20.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
Check the continuity between stop lamp relay 1 and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Stop lamp relay 1 Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 21.
21.CHECK DATA MONITOR (7)
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Connect the stop lamp relay 1 harness connector.
4. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
8. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “PRESS SENSOR” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012933391

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-252 D23

 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

Stop lamp switch A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed B
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-82,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD). D

EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA : Component Inspection (Stop lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000012933392

E
1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
1. Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector terminal (1 and 2).
CAUTION: BRC
• Never make the terminals short.
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.
G

Stop lamp relay 1

Condition Continuity
Terminal H
Apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 connector
Existed
terminal (1 and 2)
3−5
Do not apply 12 V to stop lamp relay 1 con-
Not existed
I
nector terminal (1 and 2)
3. Check resistance between stop lamp relay 1 connector terminals.
J
Stop lamp relay 1
Resistance
Terminal
K
1−2 Approx. 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay 1.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-253 D23

 C1118 4WD SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1118 4WD SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686460

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
4WD SYSTEM
C1118 When a malfunction is detected in 4WD system.
(4WD system)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Transfer control unit
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1118” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686461

1.CHECK 4WD SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to DLN-35, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Vehicle stooped, and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1118” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-254 D23

 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686462

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
FR LH IN ABS SOL
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
(Front LH ABS IN solenoid valve)
FR RH IN ABS SOL D
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.
(Front RH ABS IN solenoid valve)
RR LH IN ABS SOL
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
(Rear LH ABS IN solenoid valve)
E
RR RH IN ABS SOL
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
(Rear RH ABS IN solenoid valve)

POSSIBLE CAUSE BRC

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link G
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. H
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function I
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function J
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L

>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. N
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124”, “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686463 P

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-255 D23

 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is any DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124”, “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-256 D23

 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation". A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-257 D23

 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686464

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
(Front LH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve.
(Front RH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve.
(Rear LH ABS OUT solenoid valve)
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
(Rear RH ABS OUT solenoid valve)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125”, “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686465

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-258 D23

 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS A

Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.

Is any DTC“C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125”, “C1127” detected? B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY C
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. D

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage E
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. BRC
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
G
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal H
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K). K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.
N
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13 O
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-259 D23

 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-260 D23

 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686466

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(Engine system signal)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• CAN communication line E
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function BRC
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function G
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF I
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. K
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to BRC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686467

1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM N

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Check the DTC.
• QR25DE: Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
• YD25DDTi: Refer to EC-486, "DTC Index". P
• YS23DDT: Refer to EC-860, "YS23DDT : DTC Index".
• YS23DDTT: Refer to EC-888, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-261 D23

 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF.
6. Vehicle stopped, and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-262 D23

 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686468

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ACTUATOR RLY
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
(Actuator relay)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link E
• Battery power supply system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. BRC
• VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function G
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function H
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. L
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686469 N

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-263 D23

 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-264 D23

 C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686470

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in pressure sensor.
(Pressure sensor circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Stop lamp switch system
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Brake system E
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function BRC
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function G
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. K
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686471

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SYSTEM

N
Check the stop lamp switch system. Refer to BRC-237, "FOR AUSTRALIA : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check the brake fluid leakage. Refer to BR-14, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-74, "Inspection" (RHD). P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PIPING
Check the brake piping.
• Front: Refer to BR-29, "FRONT : Inspection" (LHD), BR-93, "FRONT : Inspection" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-265 D23

 C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
• Rear: Refer to BR-35, "REAR : Inspection" (LHD), BR-111, "REAR : Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check the brake pedal. Refer to BR-23, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-83, "Inspection and Adjust-
ment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
Check the brake master cylinder. Refer to BR-42, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-119, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER
Check the brake booster and the check valve. Refer to BR-44, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-121,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK VACUUM PIPING
Check the vacuum piping. Refer to BR-46, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-125, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FRONT DISC BRAKE
Check the front disc brake. Refer to BR-55, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection" (LHD), BR-133,
"BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK REAR DRUM BRAKE
Check the rear drum brake. Refer to BR-60, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-138, "Inspection and
Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and terminal for damage,
looseness and disconnection. Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-266 D23

 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686472

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor.
(Steering angle sensor circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• CAN communication line BRC
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function G
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function H
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. L
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1143” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686473 N

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1143” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-267 D23

 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M66 4 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M66 4 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#60).
3. Disconnect the IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering angle sensor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M66 4 E60 15 Existed
5. Check the continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M66 4 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M66 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL

Revision: August 2015 BRC-268 D23

 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Check steering angle sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE B

Check the CAN communication. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness Repair". D

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-269 D23

 C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686474

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
(Steering angle sensor not complete)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Incomplete neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686475

1.ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-210, "Description".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Revision: August 2015 BRC-270 D23
 C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation". B
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-271 D23

 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686478

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BR FLUID LEVEL LOW • When brake fluid level low signal is detected.
C1155
(Brake fluid level low) • When an open circuit is detected in brake fluid level switch circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Brake fluid level switch
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-272, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686479

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the brake fluid level. Refer to BR-14, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-74, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refill the brake fluid. Refer to BR-14, "Refilling" (LHD), BR-74, "Refilling" (RHD), and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-272 D23

 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH B

Check the brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-274, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disas-
sembly and Assembly" (RHD), and GO TO 4. D
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. E
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: BRC
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check the brake fluid level switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness. I
4. Check the brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector.
6. Check the combination meter harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
J
7. Check the combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT L
1. Connect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
2. Connect the combination meter harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. M
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. N
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT P
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness
connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-273 D23

 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1
25*1, 3
E15 1 M51*2 Existed
*3 31*2
M102
*1: Models with Intelligent Key
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check the continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 8.
8.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check the combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010686480

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of brake fluid level switch.

Brake fluid level switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is within the specified level. Not existed
1–2 When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is less than the specified
Existed
level.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the reservoir tank. Refer to BR-41, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-118, "Disas-
sembly and Assembly" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-274 D23

 C1160 INCOMPLETE DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1160 INCOMPLETE DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686481

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
DECEL G SEN SET
C1160 When calibration of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is not complete.
(Decel G sensor set)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Incomplete calibration of decel G sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function BRC
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function G
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. L
Is DTC “C1160” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686482
N
1.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Perform decel G sensor calibration. Refer to BRC-212, "Description".
O

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS P
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1160” detected?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-275 D23

 C1160 INCOMPLETE DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 BRC-276 D23

 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686483

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CV 1
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1.
(Cut valve 1)
CV 2 D
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
(Cut valve 2)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system BRC
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function G
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function H
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING J
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION L
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. M
Is any DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686484

O
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-277 D23

 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is any DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CUT VALVE GGROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-278 D23

 C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686485

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
SV 1
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1.
(Suction valve 1)
SV 2 D
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2.
(Suction valve 2)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system BRC
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function G
• TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
H
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING J
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION L
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
M
Is any DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686486

O
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is any DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?

Revision: August 2015 BRC-279 D23

 C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK SUCTION VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SUCTION VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK SUCTION VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-280 D23

 C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011733869

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
DIFLOCK CONT
C1187 When a malfunction is detected in differential lock control unit system.
(Diflock cont)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Differential lock control unit
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• CAN communication line E
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function BRC
• TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function G
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1187” detected? L
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011733870

1.CHECK DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT SYSTEM N

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “DIFF LOCK”.
O
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to DLN-262, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. After the vehicle stops, perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-281 D23

 C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is DTC “C1187” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-282 D23

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686499

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for
U1000
(CAN communication circuit) 2 seconds or more.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• CAN communication system malfunction
FAIL-SAFE
E
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function BRC
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
J
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1000” detected? K
YES >> Proceed to BRC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686500

Proceed to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". M

Revision: August 2015 BRC-283 D23

 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010686501

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
SYSTEM COMM(CAN) When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002
(CAN system communication) CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
• Brake assist function
• hill start assist function
• Advanced hill descent control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686502

CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT.
2. Check the malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit).
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than ”OK”>>GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
A control unit other than “ABS” and “METER/M&A” are anything other than “OK”>>GO TO 4.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-284 D23

 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT A

Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (10) and (11) for damage
or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
C
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
1. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (42). (Models with Intelligent Key) D
2. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (19). (Monochrome information
display models without Intelligent Key) E
3. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (10) and combination meter harness connector terminal (112). (Color information display
models without Intelligent Key)
4. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con- BRC
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (41). (Models with Intelligent Key)
5. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (20). (Monochrome information G
display models without Intelligent Key)
6. Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (11) and combination meter harness connector terminal (111). (Color information display
models without Intelligent Key) H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT. I
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
4. CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT J

Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON-
SULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-24, "Precautions for Harness
L
Repair".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-285 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686505

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 6 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 6 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 10A fuse (#60).
3. Disconnect the IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/
R harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 6 E60 15 Existed
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 6 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND ABS MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: August 2015 BRC-286 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Never start engine.
4. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal B
E67 1 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND ABS MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con- E
nector terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE, CUT VALVE AND SUCTION VALVE POW-
ER SUPPLY G
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
H
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
I
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: J
Never start engine.
4. Check the voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E67 25 Ground 10 – 16 V L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. M

6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE, CUT VALVE AND SUCTION VALVE POW-
ER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the 30A fusible link (#K).
3. Check the continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
O
nector terminal (25) and 30A fusible link (#K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-287 D23

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E67 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-288 D23

 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686506

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION B

Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686507

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector.
BRC
4. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness
connector.

G
Parking brake switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1 H
26*1, 3
M58 1 M51*2 Existed
32*2
M102*3
*1: Models with Intelligent Key I
*2: Monochrome information display models without Intelligent Key
*3: Color information display models without Intelligent Key
5. Check the continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground. J

Parking brake switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
M58 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH M
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-289, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER O

Check the combination meter.

Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check the each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010686508

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Revision: August 2015 BRC-289 D23
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between parking brake switch connector terminal and ground.

Parking brake switch

— Condition Continuity
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), PB-18,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).

Revision: August 2015 BRC-290 D23

 VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686509

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION B

Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686510
D

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the VDC OFF switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and VDC
BRC
OFF switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC OFF switch
Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 20 M70 1 Existed
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the H
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 20 Ground Not existed
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between VDC OFF switch harness connector and ground.
L

VDC OFF switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
M70 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH
O
Check the VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-292, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Replace the VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-316, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the VDC OFF switch harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-291 D23

 VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF SW” according to this order. Check VDC OFF switch signal.
Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".

Condition DATA MONITOR

When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
On
lamp in combination meter is in ON status
When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
Off
lamp in combination meter is in OFF status
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
2. Check VDC OFF switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010686511

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-316, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check continuity between terminals of VDC OFF switch connector.

VDC OFF switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When VDC OFF switch is pressed Existed
1–2
When VDC OFF switch is not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-316, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-292 D23

 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686512

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH OPERATION B

Check that hill descent control indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF/Blinking when hill descent
control switch is operated.
• ON: hill descent control switch is ON and the operational conditions are satisfied C
• Blinking: hill descent control switch is ON and the operational conditions are not satisfied
• OFF: hill descent control switch is OFF
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686513
E

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT

BRC
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the hill descent control switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and hill G
descent control switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) hill descent control switch H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E67 16 M38 1 Existed
I
5. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.
J
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E67 16 Ground Not existed K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L

2.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Check the continuity between hill descent control switch harness connector and the ground. M

hill descent control switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal N
M38 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH P
Check the hill descent control switch. Refer to BRC-294, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the hill descent control switch. Refer to BRC-317, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL

Revision: August 2015 BRC-293 D23

 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
With CONSULT
1. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect the hill descent control switch harness connector.
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “DDS SW” according to this order. Check hill descent control switch
signal. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".

Condition DATA MONITOR

When hill descent control switch is pressed and hill descent
On
control indicator lamp in combination meter is in ON status
When hill descent control switch is pressed and hill descent
Off
control indicator lamp in combination meter is in OFF status
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
2. Check hill descent control switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010686514

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the hill descent control switch. Refer to BRC-317, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check the continuity between hill descent control switch connector terminals.

hill descent control switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
hill descent control switch is ON Existed
1–3
hill descent control switch is OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the hill descent control switch. Refer to BRC-317, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-294 D23

 ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
ABS WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686515

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B

Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-295, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686516
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON, and wait for 10 seconds or more. K
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON and then L
changes to “Off”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the combination meter. refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
N

Revision: August 2015 BRC-295 D23

 BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686517

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (1)

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON (before engine start).
3. Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns OFF (after engine start).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (2)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LANP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-272, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686518

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Check the combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Replace the combination meter. refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-296 D23

 VDC WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686519

1.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B

Check that VDC warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686520
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON, and wait for 10 seconds or more. K
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “SLIP/VDC LAMP” according to this order.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON and then L
changes to “Off”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the combination meter. refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
N

Revision: August 2015 BRC-297 D23

 VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686521

1.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1)

Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)
Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686522

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (1)
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for several seconds after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”. Refer to BRC-181, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
3.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (2)
With CONSULT
Check that data monitor displays “On” or “Off” each time when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Check the VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-298 D23

 HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010686523

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1) B

Check that hill descent control indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after ignition
switch is turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that hill descent control indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when hill descent control
switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check hill descent control switch system. Refer to BRC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686524 G

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT H
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS J

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation". L

Revision: August 2015 BRC-299 D23

 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000010686525

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake
assist function, hill start assist function or advanced hill descent control function operates in excessive opera-
tion frequency.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686526

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check the brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AXLE AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection" (2WD), FAX-18, "Inspection" (4WD).
• Rear axle
- Axle shaft: Refer to RAX-6, "Inspection".
- Wheel bearing: Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check the wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-308, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-311, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-312, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-312, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURN OFF
• Check that VDC warning lamp and ABS warning lamp turn OFF for several seconds after ignition switch is
turned ON.
• Check that VDC warning lamp and ABS warning lamp turn OFF after engine started or driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-300 D23

 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010686527

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686528

1.CHECK FRONT AXLE AND REAR AXLE C

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection" (2WD), FAX-18, "Inspection" (4WD).
• Rear axle D
- Axle shaft: Refer to RAX-6, "Inspection".
- Wheel bearing: Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FRONT DISC ROTOR BRC

Check the disc rotor. Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-78, "DISC
ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish or replace the disc rotor. BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-
78, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD). H

3.CHECK REAR DRUM

Check the rear drum. Refer to BR-21, "BRAKE DRUM : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-81, "BRAKE I
DRUM : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Replace the rear drum. Refer to BR-60, "Disassembly and Assembly" (LHD), BR-138, "Disassem-
bly and Assembly" (RHD).
4.CHECK LOAD SENSING VALVE K
Check the load sensing valve. Refer to BR-38, "Inspection" (LHD), BR-114, "Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the load sensing valve. Refer to BR-37, "Removal and Installation" (LHD), BR-113,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
M
5.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check the fluid leakage.
• Front: Refer to BR-29, "FRONT : Inspection" (LHD), BR-93, "FRONT : Inspection" (RHD). N
• Rear: Refer to BR-35, "REAR : Inspection" (LHD), BR-111, "REAR : Inspection" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check the each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71, "Inspection P
and Adjustment" (RHD).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust the each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-71,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
7.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Revision: August 2015 BRC-301 D23
 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Check the brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
8.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS function does not operate.
Check that brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-302 D23

 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Description INFOID:0000000010686529

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated. B

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686530

CAUTION: C
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE D
Check the brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE BRC
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS function does not operate.
Check the brake stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
H

Revision: August 2015 BRC-303 D23

 DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000010686531

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function, brake
assist function, hill start assist function, or advanced hill descent control function does not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686532

CAUTION:
VDC function, ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2
MPH) or less.
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP
1. Check that ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF for several seconds after
ignition switch is turned ON or driving.
2. Check that brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF after engine start or driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-304 D23

 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Description INFOID:0000000010686533

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the B
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following C
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road D
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more]
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686534

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1 BRC

Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check the brake pedal. Refer to BR-23, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD), BR-83, "Inspection
and Adjustment" (RHD).
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2 H

Check that motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3 J
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
K
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Revision: August 2015 BRC-305 D23

 VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
Description INFOID:0000000010686535

The vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function or advanced hill descent control function oper-
ates.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010686536

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function or advanced hill descent control
function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-187, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check the connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector, and perform self-diagnosis
for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-313, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-306 D23

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010686537

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited
C
slip differential (BLSD) function, brake assist function, hill start assist function or advanced This is not a malfunction, because it is
hill descent control function operates. caused by VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, EBD function, brake limited
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending
slip differential (BLSD) function, brake as- D
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road,
sist function, hill start assist function and
gravel road or snowy road.
advanced hill descent control function
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and corner- that are normally operated.
ing, when VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function or E
brake assist function are operated.
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua- BRC
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine.
tor and electric unit (control unit).
Acceleration may be felt insufficient depending on the road conditions. This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by TCS function that puts the
TCS function may operate momentarily, while driving on a road where friction coefficient highest priority to obtain the optimum G
varies, or when downshifting, or fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability).
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when the vehicle is on a rotating
turntable or is given a strong shaking or large vibrations on a ship while the engine is run- H
ning.
In this case, restart the engine on a nor-
VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differ-
mal road. If the normal condition is re-
ential (BLSD) function and brake assist function may not normally operate, when driving on I
stored, there is no malfunction. In that
a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course).
case, erase “ABS” self-diagnosis result
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle memory with CONSULT.
sharply turns during a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS
function and brake assist function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF in- J
dicator lamp is in ON status).
This is normal. (When checking the vehi-
The vehicle speed does not increase, when the accelerator pedal is depressed while the cle on a chassis dynamometer, operate K
vehicle is on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer for speedometer check. VDC OFF switch so that TCS function is
OFF.)
This is not malfunction. The TCS function L
and VDC function are disabled during dif-
ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp turns ON and ABS function, TCS function,
ferential lock. When disabling the differ-
VDC function is not operation when differential lock operating.
ential lock, the ABS function, TCS
function, and VDC function are enabled. M

Revision: August 2015 BRC-307 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593459

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front wheel sensor cannot be
disassembled.

JSFIA2397GB

Front LH wheel sensor harness con- Front LH wheel sensor Bracket

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593460

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front wheel sensor cannot be
disassembled.
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub assembly.
• 2WD: Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
• 4WD: Refer to FAX-20, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-308 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron A
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet is fully inserted to bracket .
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593461

BRC
LEAF RIGID TYPE SUSPENSION
LH Side
G

N
JSFIA2400GB

Rear LH wheel sensor harness con- Rear LH wheel sensor O

nector

: Vehicle front
P
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

RH Side

Revision: August 2015 BRC-309 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA2477GB

Rear RH wheel sensor harness con- Rear RH wheel sensor

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

5 LINK SUSPENSION
LH Side

JSFIA2986GB

Rear LH wheel sensor Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

Revision: August 2015 BRC-310 D23

 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
: Vehicle front
A
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

RH Side
B

BRC

G
JSFIA2987GB

Rear RH wheel sensor harness con- Rear RH wheel sensor H

nector

: Vehicle front
I
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593462

J
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect rear wheel sensor harness connector.
K
2. Remove rear wheel sensor.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull rear wheel sensor harness.
L
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron M
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet is fully inserted to bracket . N
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.
O

JPFIC0209ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-311 D23

 SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593463

Replace wheel hub assembly as an assembly when replacing because front sensor rotor cannot be disassem-
bled.
• 2WD: Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
• 4WD: Refer to FAX-20, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593464

REMOVAL
Remove rear sensor rotor assembly. Refer to RAX-10, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INSTALLATION
Install rear sensor rotor assembly. Refer to RAX-10, "Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-312 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010593465

BRC

I
JSFIA3065GB

ABS actuator and electric unit (con- ABS actuator and electric unit (con- Bracket J
trol unit) harness connector trol unit)
To master cylinder primary side To master cylinder secondary side To rear LH brake
To front RH brake To front LH brake To rear RH brake K

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) L

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593466

M

REMOVAL
N
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid.
• LHD: Refer to BR-14, "Draining".
• RHD: Refer to BR-74, "Draining". O
3. Remove engine cover.
• YD25DDTi: Refer to EM-289, "Removal and Installation".
• YS23DDT/ YS23DDTT: Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation". P
4. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-291, "Removal and Installation".
• QR25DE: Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation".
• YD25DDTi: Refer to EM-291, "Removal and Installation".
• YS23DDT/ YS23DDTT: Refer to EM-158, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 BRC-313 D23

 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
5. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector , follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl .
b. Move the lever in the direction until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.

JSFIA1350ZZ

6. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench (A),
and then remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) . Refer to BR-84, "FRONT : Exploded View".
7. Remove bracket of engine cover.
• YD25DDTi: Refer to EM-289, "Exploded View".
• YS23DDT/ YS23DDTT: Refer to EM-156, "Exploded View".
8. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
9. Remove bracket and bushing.

JSFIA1219ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
• When installing brake tube , tighten to the specified torque using
a flare nut torque wrench (A) so that flare nut and brake tube are
not damaged.
- LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation.
- LHD: Refer to BR-15, "Bleeding Brake System".
- RHD: Refer to BR-75, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it. JSFIA1219ZZ

• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector , move the lever in the direction to secure
the locking.
• When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is replaced, per-
form calibration of the decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-212,
"Description".
• Perform additional service when replacing ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-209, "Description".

JSFIA1352ZZ

Revision: August 2015 BRC-314 D23

 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010593452

REMOVAL B
Remove steering angle sensor. Refer to SR-25, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. C
• Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when steering angle sensor is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BRC-210, "Description".
D

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-315 D23

 VDC OFF SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011108750

REMOVAL
1. Remove Instrument lower panel.
• LHD: Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to IP-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove VDC OFF switch.
NOTE:
For design of VDC OFF switch, refer to BRC-139, "VDC OFF Switch".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: August 2015 BRC-316 D23

 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011108775

REMOVAL B
1. Remove cluster lid C lower.
• LHD: Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to IP-39, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Remove hill descent control switch.
NOTE:
For design of hill descent control switch, refer to BRC-140, "hill descent control Switch". D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

BRC

Revision: August 2015 BRC-317 D23